Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.

com
NSC

GRADE 12

MATHEMATICS P2

JUNE EXAMINATION
2024

MARKING GUIDELINES

MARKS: 150

This Marking Guidelines consists of 19 pages

Copyright reserved Please turn over

Downloaded
Mathematics P2 from Stanmorephysics.com FS/June 2024
NSC

QUESTION/ VRAAG 1
1.1 𝐶(0; 6) 𝐶(0; 6)(1)

1.2 𝑡𝑎𝑛𝐶𝑋 = 𝑚
Substitution 
𝑡𝑎𝑛𝐶𝐵̂𝑋 = −1
𝐶𝐵̂𝑋 = 135° 135° (2)

1.3 𝐷(0; 10) 𝐶𝐷 = 10 − 6 

𝐶𝐷 = 4 
𝐶𝐷 = 10 − 6
𝐶𝐷 = 4

OR OR

𝐶𝐷 = √(0 − 0)2 + (6 − 10)2 𝐶𝐷 = √(0 − 0)2 + (6 − 10)2


𝐶𝐷 = 4
𝐶𝐷 = 4 
(2)
1.4  4 22 
E(– 4;8) E− ;  Correct substitution 
 3 3  
 −4 22  answer
−4+6 8+0  3 +6 3 +0
𝑀( ; ) M ; 
2 2 2 2 

 

 7 11 
𝑀(1 ; 4) M ; 
3 3 

𝑦 − 𝑦1 = 𝑚(𝑥 − 𝑥1 )
Correct substitution 
11  7
𝑦 − 4 = 2(𝑥 − 1) − = 2 −  + c
3  3 equation
𝑦 = 2𝑥 + 2 y = 2x +1 (3)

1.5 𝑡𝑎𝑛𝐸𝐴̂𝐵 = 2 𝑡𝑎𝑛𝐸𝐴̂𝐵 = 2 

𝐸𝐴̂𝐵 = 63.43° 
𝐸𝐴̂𝐵 = 63.43°

𝐴𝐸̂ 𝐵 = 135° − 63.43° 𝐴𝐸̂ 𝐵 = 135° − 63.43° 

𝐴𝐸̂ 𝐵 = 71.57° 71.57° 
(4)
1.6 2𝑥 = −10 𝐴(−5; 0) 
𝑥 = −5
𝐴(−5; 0)
2
Copy right reserved Please turn over
Downloaded
Mathematics P2 from Stanmorephysics.com FS/June 2024
NSC

Using E(– 4 ; 8)
midpoint EB = midpoint of AG. Method 
−5 + 𝑥 0+𝑦 Midpoint of diagonals
1= 4=
2 2
𝑥=7 𝑦=8 𝑥 − Co-ordinate.

𝐺(7; 8) 𝑦 − Co-ordinate.

OR OR
2𝑥 = −10
𝑥 = −5
𝐴(−5; 0) 𝐴(−5; 0) 

By using translation geometry :

A→E Method 
(𝑥 ; 𝑦 ) → (𝑥 + 1 ; 𝑦 + 8)
𝑥 − Co-ordinate.
∴ B→G
𝑦 − Co-ordinate.
𝐵(6 ; 0 ) → 𝐺(6 + 1 ; 0 + 8)

∴ 𝐺(7 ; 8)

 7 11  (4)
Using E  ; 
3 3 
midpoint EB = midpoint of AG.
7 −5 + x 11 0 + y
= =
3 2 3 2
19 22
x= y=
3 3
 19 22 
G ; 
 3 3 

OR
2𝑥 = −10
𝑥 = −5
𝐴(−5; 0)

By using translation geometry :

A→E

(𝑥 ; 𝑦 ) → (𝑥 + 0,33 ; 𝑦 + 7,33)

∴ B→G
𝐵(6 ; 0 ) → 𝐺(6 + 0,33 ; 0 + 7,33)

 19 22 
G ; 
 3 3 
3
Copy right reserved Please turn over
Downloaded
Mathematics P2 from Stanmorephysics.com FS/June 2024
NSC

1.7 Use G(7 ; 8)

In parm ABGE Perp h = 8 

Perp h = 8 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠 Base = 11 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠 

Base = 𝑥𝐵 − 𝑥𝐴 = 6 − (−5) = 11 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠 Substitution 


Area parm ABGE = (perp h)(base) Area 
= (8)(11) = 88 units2 

OR OR

In ∆𝐴𝐸𝐵 22
Perp h = 
3
Perp h = 8 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠
Base = 11 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠 
Base = 𝑥𝐵 − 𝑥𝐴 = 6 − (−5) = 11 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠

1
Area ∆𝐴𝐸𝐵 = (𝑏)(ℎ) Substitution 
2 
1
= 2 (11)(8)

= 44 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠 2
Area parm ABGE = (2)(Area ∆𝐴𝐸𝐵 )
Area parm ABGE  (4)
= (2)44 = 88𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠 2

 19 22 
Use G  ; 
 3 3 
In parm ABGE

22
Perp h = units
3

Base = 𝑥𝐵 − 𝑥𝐴 = 6 − (−5) = 11 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠

Area parm ABGE = (perp h)(base)

22
= 11 = 80, 67 units2
3

1.8 Midpoint of CD (0 ; 8) midpoint 


M(3 ; 4) → C(0; 8) 
3 units left
M must be translated 3 units left and 4 units up. 4 units up (5)
[24]

4
Copy right reserved Please turn over
Downloaded
Mathematics P2 from Stanmorephysics.com FS/June 2024
NSC

QUESTION/ VRAAG 2
2.1 𝑀𝐿 = 4 − (−5) = 9 units.

(𝑥 − 3)2 + (𝑦 − 4)2 = 92 Substitution 

(𝑥 − 3)2 + (𝑦 − 4)2 = 81 Answer (2)

2.2 T(– 1;8) T(– 4 ; 8) 𝑚𝑟𝑎𝑑 

8−4 8−4 4 𝑚𝑟𝑎𝑑 × 𝑚𝑡𝑎𝑛 = −1 
mr = = −1 mr = =−
−1 − 3 −4 − 3 7
𝑚𝑟𝑎𝑑 × 𝑚𝑡𝑎𝑛 = −1 𝑚𝑟𝑎𝑑 × 𝑚𝑡𝑎𝑛 = −1 𝑚𝑡𝑎𝑛 
𝑚𝑡𝑎𝑛 = 1
7
𝑚𝑡𝑎𝑛 =
4

𝑦 − 𝑦1 = 𝑚(𝑥 − 𝑥1 )
7 Substitution 
𝑦 − (8) = (𝑥 − (−1)) 8 = (−4) + c
4

7
𝑦 =𝑥+7 y= x + 15 equation (5)
4

T( −1; 4 + 65 )

4 + 65 − 4
m=
−1 − 3
m = −2, 02
𝑚𝑟𝑎𝑑 × 𝑚𝑡𝑎𝑛 = −1
4
m=
65
4
y= x + 8 + 65
65

2.3
(𝑥 − 3)2 + (𝑦 − 4)2 = 𝑟2 2 Substitution 

(7 − 3)2 + (3 − 4)2 = 17 𝑟2 2 = 17

𝑟2 2 < 𝑟1 2 17 < 81 

17 < 81 𝐼𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑑𝑒
(4)

∴ 𝐼𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑑𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑐𝑖𝑟𝑐𝑙𝑒

OR OR

5
Copy right reserved Please turn over
Downloaded
Mathematics P2 from Stanmorephysics.com FS/June 2024
NSC

𝑑 = √(3 − 7)2 + (4 − 3)2 Substitution 

𝑑 = √17 = 4.12 𝑑 = √17 
𝑑<𝑟 𝑑<𝑟
∴ 𝐼𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑑𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑐𝑖𝑟𝑐𝑙𝑒 𝐼𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑑𝑒
(4)

2.4 T(– 1;8) T(– 4 ; 8) 𝑦𝑘 = −5 

𝑦𝑘 = 𝑦𝑙 = −5 𝑦𝑘 = 𝑦𝑙 = −5
𝑚𝑟𝑎𝑑 = 𝑚𝑀𝐾 
substitution
𝑚𝑟𝑎𝑑 = 𝑚𝑀𝐾 = −1 ( collinear points)

4−(−5) 4 4 − (−5)
− 1= − =
3− 𝑥𝑘
7 3− x

–3+x=9 −12 + 4 x = 36
𝑥-value(5)
12 = 𝑥𝑘 12 = 𝑥𝑘

T( −1; 4 + 65 )

𝑦𝑘 = 𝑦𝑙 = −5

𝑚𝑟𝑎𝑑 = 𝑚𝑀𝐾 = −1

65 9
− =
4 3− x
−3 65 + 65 x = 36
7,47 = 𝑥𝑘

[14]

6
Copy right reserved Please turn over
Downloaded
Mathematics P2 from Stanmorephysics.com FS/June 2024
NSC

QUESTION/VRAAG 3


3.1.1 𝑟2 = 𝑥2 + 𝑦2 pyth
Method 
32 = 𝑥 2 + 12
𝑥 = −√8 
𝑥 = −√8
1 answer 
𝑡𝑎𝑛𝛽 = −
√8 (3)
3.1.2 𝑐𝑜𝑠2𝛽 = 1 − 2𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝛽 double angle identity 
1 2 
= 1 − 2 (3) 
answer  (2)
7
= 9

3.1.3 cos ( −  − 450 ) = cos(− − 90)

= − cos(90 +  )
− cos(90 +  ) 
1
= sin  =
3 Answer (2)
3.2 4cos(− x).cos(90 + x) 
sin(30 − x).cos x + cos(30 − x).sin x 
4𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 
−4 cos x sin x
= −𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥
1
( cos2 x + sin 2 x )
2 ( cos 2
x + sin 2 x ) 
−4 cos x sin x 1

= 2
1
2
(1 − sin 2 x + sin 2 x )
−8𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 cos 𝑥 
−4𝑠𝑖𝑛2𝑥  (6)
= −8 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 = −4 sin 2𝑥 

3.3.1 𝑡𝑎𝑛203° tan 23° 

7
Copy right reserved Please turn over
Downloaded
Mathematics P2 from Stanmorephysics.com FS/June 2024
NSC

√1 − 𝑎2 √1 − 𝑎2 
𝑡𝑎𝑛23° =
𝑎 Answer  (3)

3.3.2 𝑠𝑖𝑛46°
= sin 2(23°) double angle 
= 2𝑠𝑖𝑛23°𝑐𝑜𝑠23° Expansion 

= 2𝑎 √1 − 𝑎2 Answer (3)

3.4.1 sin(60° + 45°) compound angles 

= 𝑠𝑖𝑛60°. 𝑐𝑜𝑠45° + 𝑐𝑜𝑠60°. 𝑠𝑖𝑛45° expansion 

√3 1 1 1
= ( 2 ) ( ) + (2) ( ) substitution 
√2 √2

√3+1 √6+√2
= OR answer  (4)
2√2 4

OR OR

𝑠𝑖𝑛75°
= sin(180° − 75°)

= 𝑠𝑖𝑛75°
expansion 
= 𝑠𝑖𝑛30°. 𝑐𝑜𝑠45° + 𝑐𝑜𝑠30°. 𝑠𝑖𝑛45°

1 1 √3 1 substitution 
= (2) ( ) + ( 2 ) ( )
√2 √2

√3+1 √6+√2 answer 

= OR
2√2 4

3.4.2 𝑐𝑜𝑠69°. 𝑐𝑜𝑠9 + 𝑐𝑜𝑠81°. 𝑐𝑜𝑠21°

co-function :
= 𝑐𝑜𝑠69°. 𝑐𝑜𝑠9° + 𝑠𝑖𝑛9°. 𝑠𝑖𝑛69°
𝑐𝑜𝑠81°. 𝑐𝑜𝑠21° = 𝑠𝑖𝑛9°. 𝑠𝑖𝑛69°
= 𝑐𝑜𝑠60°

1 𝑐𝑜𝑠60°
=
2 answer 

OR

8
Copy right reserved Please turn over
Downloaded
Mathematics P2 from Stanmorephysics.com FS/June 2024
NSC

OR co-function

𝑠𝑖𝑛21°. 𝑐𝑜𝑠9° + 𝑐𝑜𝑠21°. 𝑠𝑖𝑛9° 𝑐𝑜𝑠69°. 𝑐𝑜𝑠9° = 𝑠𝑖𝑛21°. 𝑐𝑜𝑠9° 

𝑠𝑖𝑛30°
= 𝑠𝑖𝑛30°
answer  (3)
1
=
2
3.5 2𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥.𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥−𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 2𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥. 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 
𝐿𝐻𝑆 = 1−(1−2𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝑥)−𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥

2𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥.𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥−𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥
= 1 − 2𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝑥 
2𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝑥−𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥

𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥(2𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥−1) factorization 
=
𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥(2𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥−1)

𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥
= simplification 
𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥
1
= 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥
𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥
identity for tan 𝑥  (5)
1
= 𝑅𝐻𝑆
𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑥

3.6 cos 2 x = cos x + 2

✓ expansion
2cos 2 x − 1 − cos x − 2 = 0
✓ standard form
2cos x − cos x − 3 = 0
2

(2cos x − 3)(cos x + 1) = 0 ✓factors

3
cos x  or cos x = −1 ✓✓answers
2
✓ rejection
x = 180
✓ x = 180 (7)
[38]

9
Copy right reserved Please turn over
Downloaded
Mathematics P2 from Stanmorephysics.com FS/June 2024
NSC

QUESTION/VRAAG 4
4

4.1 𝑓(0°) − 𝑔(0°) = 1 − (− 2) =

1 3
units ✓Answer (1)
2
4.2
360°
Period of f(4x) = 1
4( )
2 ✓substitution

= 180° ✓answer (2)

4.3 Range : 𝑦 ∈ [−4 ; 4] or −4 ≤ 𝑦 ≤ 4 ✓ ✓ answer (2)

4.4 𝑥𝐴 = −160 ° 𝑥𝐴 = −160 ° 

𝑥𝐵 = 80 ° 𝑥𝐵 = 80 °  (2)
4.5.1 −160 ° < 𝑥 < 80 ° ✓ ✓ answer (2)
4.5.2 0 ° < 𝑥 < 30 °
✓ ✓ answer (2)

[𝟏𝟏]

10
Copy right reserved Please turn over
Downloaded
Mathematics P2 from Stanmorephysics.com FS/June 2024
NSC

QUESTION/VRAAG 5

5.1.1 In ∆𝐵𝑂𝐺 :
Substitution into cosine rule 
152 = 102 + 102 − 2(10)(10)𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥
simplification 
225 = 100 + 100 − 200𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥
25
Answer (3)
cos 𝑥 = − 200

𝑥 = 97,18°
1
5.1.2 𝐴̂ = 2 (𝑂̂) = 48,59° ∠ center = 2 ∠ circumference 𝐴̂ = 48,59° 

𝐶̂ = 180° − 2(48,59°) = 82,82° 𝐶̂ = 82,82° 

1 Area rule 
Area = 2 (15)(15)𝑠𝑖𝑛82,82°
Answer  (4)
= 111,62𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠 2

11
Copy right reserved Please turn over
Downloaded
Mathematics P2 from Stanmorephysics.com FS/June 2024
NSC

5.2

5.2.1 𝐴𝐾 𝐴𝐾
= 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 = 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 
2 2

𝐴𝐾 = 2 sin 𝑥 Answer  (2)

5.2.2 𝐾𝐹 𝐴𝐾
= Substitution into sine rule 
sin(90°+𝑥) 𝑠𝑖𝑛2𝑥
𝐾𝐹 2𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥
=
cosx 2𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝑥 
𝐾𝐹 1
=
cosx 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 2𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 
KF = 1 unit Simplification 
Answer  (5)
[14]

12
Copy right reserved Please turn over
Downloaded
Mathematics P2 from Stanmorephysics.com FS/June 2024
NSC

QUESTION/ VRAAG 6 A B
1
3 2

1
S
2

3 2
70° 4 1

E D C

W
6.1.1 𝑆̂2 = 𝐸̂ = 70° ext ∠ of cyclic quad / buite ∠van kvh ✓S✓R

(2)

6.1.2 𝑆̂2 = 𝐴̂2 + 𝐴̂3 = 70° corresp ∠s; AE || DS / ooreenk. ∠e ; AE || DS ✓S/R

𝐴̂ + 𝐸̂ = 180° co-int ∠s; AB || EC / ko-binne ∠e ; AB || EC ✓S/R

∴ 𝐴̂1 = 40° ✓S

(3)

6.1.3 ̂3 = 𝐴̂1 = 40°

𝐷 tan chord theorem / raakl koord stelling ✓S ✓R

(2)

6.1.4 AE = BC Opp sides of parm / Teenoorst. Sye parm ✓S

ED=DC and AE//SD Given / gegee ✓S

∴ AS = SC Converse midpt th. / Omgekeerde middelpt st. ✓ 8 cm

∴ SD = ½ AE

SD = 8 cm
(3)

13
Copy right reserved Please turn over
Downloaded
Mathematics P2 from Stanmorephysics.com FS/June 2024
NSC

6.2.1 ̂3 = 𝐷
𝐷 ̂1 = 40° Given / Gegee

̂1 = 𝐴̂1
∴ 𝐷 ✓S

∴ 𝐴𝐵𝐶𝐷 is cq / kvh converse ∠s in the same seg

omgekeerde ∠e in dies. ʘ segm ✓R

(2)

6.2.2 𝐵̂ = 𝐸̂ = 70° opp ∠s of parm / teenoorst. ∠e van parm. ✓S/R

̂ 𝐶 + 𝐵̂ = 180°
𝐴𝐷 opp ∠s of cyclic quad / teenoorst. ∠e van kvh

̂2 = 30°
∴𝐷 ✓S 30°

𝑆̂2 = 𝐴̂2 + 𝐷
̂3 ext ∠ of ∆/ buite ∠ van ∆ ✓S / R

∴ 𝐴̂2 = 30°

̂2 = 𝐴̂2
∴𝐷 ✓S
converse tan chord theorem /
∴ 𝐷𝐵 is a tangent /
omgekeerde raakl. koord stelling
DB is ’n raaklyn ✓R

(5)

[17]

14
Copy right reserved Please turn over
Downloaded
Mathematics P2 from Stanmorephysics.com FS/June 2024
NSC

QUESTION / VRAAG 7

7.1

✓S/R

✓S

(5)

15
Copy right reserved Please turn over
Downloaded
Mathematics P2 from Stanmorephysics.com FS/June 2024
NSC

7.2 D

F E
P N

7.2.1 𝑃𝑁 𝐷𝑀 line || one side of ∆ / lyn || een sy van ∆ ✓ S/ R

=
𝑁𝐸 𝑀𝐸
or / of
𝑃𝑁 2
= prop theorem,DP//MN
𝑁𝐸 3
eweredighst. DP//MN

2
∴ 𝑃𝑁 = 35 ×
5
✓ 14 cm
𝑃𝑁 = 14 𝑐𝑚
(2)

7.2.2 𝐹𝑃 𝐹𝑆 line || one side of ∆ / lyn || een sy van ∆ ✓S / R

=
𝐹𝑁 𝐹𝑀
14
FP = ✓S
2
FP = 7 ✓ A (3)

[10]

16
Copy right reserved Please turn over
Downloaded
Mathematics P2 from Stanmorephysics.com FS/June 2024
NSC

7.3

A C

7.3.1 In ∆𝑃𝐺𝐵 and ∆𝐺𝐸𝐵

• 𝐵̂ 𝑖𝑠 𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑚𝑜𝑛 / gemeenskaplik ✓R

- 𝐺̂1 = 𝑥 alt ∠s; DG || AC / verw. ∠e ; DG || AC ✓R

- 𝑃̂1 = 𝑥 tan chord theorem / raakl. koord stelling ✓R
• ∴ 𝑃̂1 = 𝐺̂1

• 𝑃𝐺̂ 𝐵 = 𝐺𝐸̂ 𝐵 3rd ∠s / 3de ∠e

∴ ∆𝑃𝐺𝐵 lll ∆𝐺𝐸𝐵 (∠∠∠) ✓R ∠∠∠

(4)

7.3.2 𝑃𝐺 𝐺𝐵 𝑃𝐵
= =
𝐺𝐸 𝐸𝐵 𝐺𝐵
𝐺𝐵 2 =
2
∴ 𝐺𝐵 = 𝑃𝐵. 𝐸𝐵 𝑃𝐵. 𝐸𝐵✓
In ∆SGB and ∆𝐺𝐹𝐵

• 𝐵̂3 𝑖𝑠 𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑚𝑜𝑛 gemeenskaplik

- Ŝ1 = 𝑃̂1 = 𝑥 ∠s in same segm. / ∠e in dies. segm.

• ∴ 𝑆̂1 = 𝐺̂1 S/R✓

• B𝐹̂ 𝐺 = 𝑆𝐺̂ 𝐵 3rd ∠s / 3de ∠e

∴ ∆SGB lll ∆𝐺𝐹𝐵 (∠∠∠) 𝐺𝐵 2 =
𝑆𝐵. 𝐹𝐵 ✓
∴ 𝐺𝐵 2 = 𝑆𝐵. 𝐹𝐵 ∴ 𝑆𝐵. 𝐹𝐵 = 𝐸𝐵. 𝑃𝐵
(3)

17
Copy right reserved Please turn over
Downloaded
Mathematics P2 from Stanmorephysics.com FS/June 2024
NSC

7.3.3 𝑃𝐺 𝐺𝐵
=
𝐺𝐸 𝐸𝐵

𝑃𝐺 9
∴ = sub 9 ✓
9 0,6𝑃𝐺

0,6𝑃𝐺 2 = 81 sub 0,6PG

✓
𝑃𝐺 = √135

𝑃𝐺 = 11,62𝑐𝑚
11,62cm✓

(3)

[10]

18
Copy right reserved Please turn over
Downloaded
Mathematics P2 from Stanmorephysics.com FS/June 2024
NSC

QUESTION/ VRAAG 8

8.1.1 2𝐺̂ = 𝑂̂1 ∠ at centre = 2 ×∠ at circumference ✓R

𝐺̂ = 600 Midpts∠ = 2 x Omtreks∠ ✓ answer

(2)

8.1.2 ̂3 = 𝐽̂1
𝐻 ∠s opp equal radii / ∠e teenoor gelyke rad ✓S/R

̂3 + 𝐽̂1 + 𝑂̂1 = 180°

𝐻 ∠ sum in ∆ / binne ∠e van ∆ ✓S

̂3 = 30°
𝐻 ✓answer

(3)

8.2 ̂ = 120 − 90°

𝐾 ext ∠ of ∆KOH / buite ∠ van ∆KOH ✓S

𝑂𝐻 ✓trig ratio
sin(120 − 90°) = ∆𝑂𝐾𝐻
𝑂𝐾
𝑂𝐻 = 𝑂𝐽 Radii / radiuses ✓S

𝑂𝐽 (3)
𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 = −
𝑂𝐾 [8]

TOTAL 150

19
Copy right reserved Please turn over
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com

PREPARATORY EXAMINATION
2024

10612

MATHEMATICS

(PAPER 2)

2 TIME: 3 hours

MARKS: 150

P.T.O.
 Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com

PREPARATORY EXAMINATION
2024
CANDIDATE'S NAME

DATE BOOK NUMBER OF BOOKS

TEACHER PAPER NUMBER 2

SUBJECT NAME MATHEMATICS (10612)

ANSWER ALL THE QUESTIONS IN THE QUESTION PAPER.

MARKER MODERATOR'S INITIALS IN RELEVANT RE-MARK/RE-CHECK

BLOCK
Marker's Code
Question Marks Marks Question Marks Initials
& Initials

1 1

2 2

3 3

4 4

5 5

6 6

7 7

8 8

9 9

10 10

TOTAL TOTAL

READ THE INSTRUCTIONS ON THE NEXT PAGE.

TIME: 3 hours

MARKS: 150

34 pages + 1 information sheet

P.T.O.
 Downloaded fromMATHEMATICS
Stanmorephysics.com
(PAPER 2) 10612/24 2

INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION

Read the following instructions carefully before answering the questions.

1. This question paper consists of 10 questions. Answer ALL questions in the spaces provided.

2. Clearly show ALL calculations, diagrams, graphs, et cetera that you have used in determining
your answers.

3. Answers only will NOT necessarily be awarded full marks.

4. You may use an approved scientific calculator (non-programmable and

non-graphical), unless stated otherwise.

5. If necessary, round-off answers correct to TWO decimal places, unless stated otherwise.

6. Diagrams are NOT necessarily drawn to scale.

7. An INFORMATION SHEET with formulae is included at the end of the question paper.

8. No pages may be torn from this question paper.

9. Candidates may not retain a question paper or remove it from the examination room. Question
papers must be returned to the invigilator at the end of the examination session.

10. Answers must be written in black/blue ink as distinctly as possible. Do not write in the
margins.

11. Indicate the questions you have answered by drawing a circle around the relevant numbers on
the front cover of the question paper where marks are to be recorded.

12. Draw a neat line through any work/rough work that must not be marked.

13. In the event that you use the additional space provided:
13.1 Write down the number of the question.
13.2 Leave a line and rule off after your answer.

14. Write neatly and legibly.

P.T.O.
 Downloaded from MATHEMATICS
Stanmorephysics.com
(PAPER 2) 10612/24 4

QUESTION 1
The table below shows the monthly salaries of 100 employees at Adams Law.

Monthly salary
Number of employees Cumulative frequency
(in thousand Rand)

R0  x  R10 3
R10  x  R20 4
R20  x  R30 13
R30  x  R40 20
R40  x  R50 21
R50  x  R60 12
R60  x  R70 12
R70  x  R80 8
R80  x  R90 5
R90  x  R100 2
1.1 Draw an ogive (cumulative frequency graph) to represent the data given in the table.

OGIVE
100

90

80

70
Cumulative Frequency

60

50

40

30

20

10

0
R0 R10 R20 R30 R40 R50 R60 R70 R80 R90 R100
Monthly salary (in thousand Rand)
(4)

P.T.O.
 Downloaded from MATHEMATICS
Stanmorephysics.com
(PAPER 2) 10612/24 5

1.2 Use the ogive to determine the number of employees that receive less than R35 000
per month.

(1)
1.3 Determine the median of the data.

(1)
1.4 The monthly salaries of the 5 employees in the interval R80 000  x  R90 000 are
given below:

R84 000 R85 000 R87 000 R89 000 R89 000

Two employees from the interval R70 000  x  R80 000 are promoted and receive
monthly salaries of R83 000 and R84 000 respectively.
1.4.1 Determine the mean monthly salary in the interval R80 000  x  R90 000.

(1)
1.4.2 Calculate the standard deviation in this interval.

(1)
1.4.3 Determine the percentage of employees whose monthly salary lie within one standard
deviation of the mean.

(3)
[11]

P.T.O.
 Downloaded from MATHEMATICS
Stanmorephysics.com
(PAPER 2) 10612/24 6

QUESTION 2

During a netball tournament, there are several stalls selling food and refreshments. In a period of 10
minutes at 6 stalls, the following was observed:

Stall Number of customers Amount of money spent (R)

1 10 163
2 7 138
3 9 185
4 12 220
5 8 147
6 13 245

SCATTER PLOT
270

250

230
Amount (R)

210

190

170

150

130

110
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Number of customers

2.1 Determine the equation of the least squares regression line of the data.

(3)
2.2 Predict the amount of money spent by 11 customers.

(2)

P.T.O.
 Downloaded from MATHEMATICS
Stanmorephysics.com
(PAPER 2) 10612/24 7

2.3 Determine the correlation coefficient of the data.

(1)
2.4 The organisers of the event think that there is a very weak positive correlation
between the number of customers and the amount of money received at stalls.
Motivate whether you agree or not.

(1)
2.5 At another stall, 6 customers spent a total amount of R195. If this point is included
in the data, will the gradient of the least squares regression line increase or decrease?
Motivate your answer without any further calculations.

(2)
[9]

P.T.O.
 Downloaded from MATHEMATICS
Stanmorephysics.com
(PAPER 2) 10612/24 8

QUESTION 3

In the diagram below, P(9 ; 12), Q(9 ; 9) and R are vertices of ∆PQR. M is the midpoint of
QR and N(a ; b) is a point on PM in the second quadrant. The equation of QR is given by
2y – 3x + 9 = 0. The angle of inclination of QR is θ.

𝜃 𝑥
O M

R
3.1 Calculate the coordinates of M, the x-intercept of line PM.

(2)

P.T.O.
 Downloaded from MATHEMATICS
Stanmorephysics.com
(PAPER 2) 10612/24 9

3.2 Determine the equation of PM in the form y  mx  c .

(4)
3.3 Calculate the size of  .

(2)
3.4 Show that b  3  a , if P, N and M are collinear.

(1)

P.T.O.
 Downloaded from MATHEMATICS
Stanmorephysics.com
(PAPER 2) 10612/24 10

3.5 Hence, determine the value of a and b if NQ  5 5 units.

(5)
3.6 Determine the equation of a circle having centre at O, the origin, and passing
through point R.

(4)

P.T.O.
 Downloaded from MATHEMATICS
Stanmorephysics.com
(PAPER 2) 10612/24 11

3.7 The acute angle between the lines QR and the line with equation y  mx  4 is 45  .
Determine the possible value(s) of m.

(4)
[22]

𝜃 𝑥
O M

P.T.O.
 Downloaded from MATHEMATICS
Stanmorephysics.com
(PAPER 2) 10612/24 12

QUESTION 4

In the diagram, the equation of the circle centred at B is given by ( x  1)2  ( y 1)2  20 .
DF is a tangent to the circle at A with D and F, the x- and y-intercepts respectively. C (1; 6) is a point
on DF with BC parallel to the y-axis. CBAˆ  ADO ˆ  .

y
F
C

B
𝜃 x
O
D

4.1 Write down the coordinates of B.

(1)
4.2 Show that AC  5 .

(3)

P.T.O.
 Downloaded from MATHEMATICS
Stanmorephysics.com
(PAPER 2) 10612/24 13

4.3 Write down the value of tan  .

(1)
4.4 Show that the equation of AB is given by y  2 x  1 .

(3)

P.T.O.
 Downloaded from MATHEMATICS
Stanmorephysics.com
(PAPER 2) 10612/24 14

4.5 Determine the coordinates of A.

(4)
4.6 Calculate the ratio of the area of  ABC to the area of  ODF. Simplify your
answer.

(6)
[18]

P.T.O.
 Downloaded from MATHEMATICS
Stanmorephysics.com
(PAPER 2) 10612/24 15

QUESTION 5

sin 2 180  x  .sin  x 

5.1 Simplify  1 to a single trigonometric term.
 sin 90  x . tan x

(6)
5.2 Given: cos A  B   cosAcosB  sinAsinB
5.2.1 Use the above identity to deduce that sin A  B   sinAcosB  cosAsinB.

(3)
5.2.2 Without using a calculator, simplify the following:
cos 420 cos 15  sin 300 cos 105

(5)

P.T.O.
 Downloaded from MATHEMATICS
Stanmorephysics.com
(PAPER 2) 10612/24 16

Given: tan 𝑥 −1
5.3

Prove that tan 𝑥 −1 = .

5.3.1

(3)
 1 
5.3.2
2
For what value(s) of x in the interval x  (0 ; 180) is tan x  2
 1
 tan x 
undefined?

(1)
5.4 Determine the general solution of the equation cos 2 x  cos x .

(6)

P.T.O.
 Downloaded from MATHEMATICS
Stanmorephysics.com
(PAPER 2) 10612/24 17

1
5.5 Given that sin   , calculate the numerical value of sin 3 , without using a
2
calculator.

(7)
[31]

P.T.O.
 Downloaded from MATHEMATICS
Stanmorephysics.com
(PAPER 2) 10612/24 18

QUESTION 6

In the diagram below, the graph of f ( x)  2 cos x is drawn for the interval x  [180 ;180] .

6.1 On the grid below, draw the graph of g ( x)   cos 2 x for x  [180 ; 180] . Clearly show all
intercepts with the axes and the turning point(s) of the graph.

2
𝒇
1

-180° -135° -90° -45° 0° 45° 90° 135° 180°

-1

-2

-3

(3)
6.2 Write down the period of 2 g ( x  10).

(1)
6.3 Use the graphs to determine the value(s) of 𝑥 in the interval x [0 ;180 ] for which
 

f ( x).g ( x)  0 .

(2)
6.4 Write down the maximum value of f ( x)  g ( x).

(1)

P.T.O.
 Downloaded from MATHEMATICS
Stanmorephysics.com
(PAPER 2) 10612/24 19

6.5 Determine the range of y  22cos x2

(2)
[9]

P.T.O.
 Downloaded from MATHEMATICS
Stanmorephysics.com
(PAPER 2) 10612/24 20

QUESTION 7

The diagram below shows two vertical poles, AD and BC. Point E lies on the same horizontal plane as
bases D and C of poles AD and BC.
A Ê B  2 ; B Ê C  ; A B̂ E  90   3 and BC  y metres

7.1 Determine BE in terms of 𝛼 and y.

(2)

P.T.O.
 Downloaded from MATHEMATICS
Stanmorephysics.com
(PAPER 2) 10612/24 21

7.2 Show that AB = 2y.

(5)
7
7.3 It is further given that AF  BC.
4
Determine BÂF , the angle of elevation of B from A. Give your answer to the
nearest degree.

(3)
[10]

P.T.O.
 Downloaded from MATHEMATICS
Stanmorephysics.com
(PAPER 2) 10612/24 22

QUESTION 8

In the diagram below, the circle passes through points A, B, C, D and G. AD is the diameter of the
circle. BD and AC intersect at H and AĜC  58 .

1 3
2

G 2 B
1

2
1
=3
H

2 1
D =C

8.1 Determine, giving reasons, the size of the following angles:

8.1.1 B̂2

8.1.2 B̂1

8.1.3 Â 2

8.1.1

(2)
8.1.2

(2)
8.1.3

(2)

P.T.O.
 Downloaded from MATHEMATICS
Stanmorephysics.com
(PAPER 2) 10612/24 23

8.2 If it is given that AB = BC. Prove that AB is a tangent to the circle passing through A,
H and D.

(3)
[9]

P.T.O.
 Downloaded from MATHEMATICS
Stanmorephysics.com
(PAPER 2) 10612/24 24

QUESTION 9

9.1 In the diagram below, O is the centre of the circle. Points S, T and R lie on the circle.
QS is a tangent to the circle at S.

Use the diagram above to prove that the angle between the tangent and the chord is equal to the
ˆ = Rˆ .
angle in the alternate segment, that is, prove that QST

(6)

P.T.O.
 Downloaded from MATHEMATICS
Stanmorephysics.com
(PAPER 2) 10612/24 26

9.2 In the diagram below, D, E and F are points on the circle centred at Q. AGF is a tangent to the
circle at F. ED is produced to meet the tangent at A. B and C are points on AE such that GB || FD.
GC is joined. GCDF is a cyclic quadrilateral and FQ̂D  2 x .

2𝑥

9.2.1 Give a reason why Ê is equal to x .

(1)

P.T.O.
 Downloaded from MATHEMATICS
Stanmorephysics.com
(PAPER 2) 10612/24 27

9.2.2 Prove that GC || FE.

(3)
AB AC
9.2.3 Prove that  .
BD CE

(3)

P.T.O.
 Downloaded from MATHEMATICS
Stanmorephysics.com
(PAPER 2) 10612/24 28

2𝑥

9.2.4 It is further given that AB = 12 units, CE = 22,5 units and 5AG = 4GF.
Determine the length of CD.

(5)
[18]

P.T.O.
 Downloaded from MATHEMATICS
Stanmorephysics.com
(PAPER 2) 10612/24 30

QUESTION 10

In the diagram below, K, H and G are points on the circle and FG is a tangent to the circle with centre
E. Semi-circle with centre F is drawn. Points D and E lie on the semi-circle. CD and CE are tangents to
the semi-circle at D and E respectively. CD || HE.

10.1 Give a reason why DC = EC.

(1)
10.2 Prove that Δ DCE ||| Δ HEK .

(6)

P.T.O.
 Downloaded from MATHEMATICS
Stanmorephysics.com
(PAPER 2) 10612/24 31

10.3 Prove that DG = GE.

(3)
2
10.4 Show that 2HE = DC × HK.

(3)
[13]

P.T.O.
Downloaded from MATHEMATICS
Stanmorephysics.com
(PAPER 2) 10612/24 32

Additional space

P.T.O.
Downloaded from MATHEMATICS
Stanmorephysics.com
(PAPER 2) 10612/24 33

Additional space

P.T.O.
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
MATHEMATICS (PAPER 2) 10612/24 34

Additional space

TOTAL: 150

END
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
MATHEMATICS (PAPER 2) 10612/24 35

INFORMATION SHEET

 b  b 2  4ac
x
2a
A  P(1  ni) A  P(1  ni) A  P(1  i) n A  P(1  i) n

n
Tn  a  (n  1)d Sn  2a  (n  1)d 
2

Tn  ar n1 Sn 

a r n 1 
; r 1 S 
a
; 1 r 1
r 1 1 r

F 

x 1  i   1
n
 P
x[1 (1 i)n ]
i i
f ( x  h)  f ( x)
f ' ( x)  lim
h 0 h
 x1  x2 y1  y2 
d  ( x 2  x1 ) 2  ( y 2  y1 ) 2 M  ; 
 2 2 
y 2  y1
y  mx  c y  y1  m(x  x1 ) m m  tan
x 2  x1
x  a2   y  b2  r 2
a b c
InABC:  
sin A sin B sin C
a 2  b 2  c 2  2bc. cos A
1
area ABC  ab sin C
2

sin     sin.cos  cos.sin  sin     sin.cos  cos.sin 

cos     cos.cos  sin.sin  cos     cos.cos  sin.sin 

cos2   sin2 

cos2  1  2 sin2  sin 2  2 sin  . cos
2 cos2  1

n 2

x x  x
i
x   2 i 1

n n
n(A)
P(A) P(A or B) = P(A) + P(B) – P(A and B)
nS

yˆ  a  bx b
x  x ( y  y)
( x  x ) 2
 Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com

PREPARATORY EXAMINATION
VOORBEREIDENDE EKSAMEN
2024
OFFICIAL/ AMPTELIKE
MARKING
GUIDELINES/NASIENRIGLYNE

MATHEMATICS/WISKUNDE (PAPER/VRAESTEL 2) (10612)

20 pages/bladsye

1
 Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com 10612/24

NOTE:
• If a candidate answers a question TWICE, only mark the FIRST attempt.
• If a candidate has crossed out an attempted question and not redone the question, mark the
crossed-out version.
• Consistent accuracy applies in ALL aspects of the marking guidelines. Stop marking at the
second calculation error.
• Assuming answers/values to solve a problem is NOT acceptable.
• Question 7.3 will be the only question in this marking guideline to have a rounding off
penalty.

LET WEL:
• As ʼn kandidaat ʼn vraag TWEE KEER beantwoord, sien slegs die EERSTE poging na.
• As ʼn kandidaat ʼn antwoord tot ʼn vraag doodtrek en nie oordoen nie, sien die doodgetrekte
poging na.
• Volgehoue akkuraatheid word in ALLE aspekte van die nasienriglyne toegepas. Hou op nasien
by die tweede berekeningsfout.
• Aannames van antwoorde/waardes om ʼn probleem op te los, word NIE toegelaat nie.
• Vraag 7.3 is die enigste vraag in die nasienriglyne waar afronding gepenaliseer sal word.

GEOMETRY/MEETKUNDE
A mark for a correct statement
(A statement mark is independent of a reason.)
S
ʼn Punt vir ʼn korrekte bewering
(ʼn Punt vir ʼn bewering is onafhanklik van die rede.)
A mark for a correct reason
(A reason mark may only be awarded if the statement is correct.)
R
ʼn Punt vir ʼn korrekte rede
(ʼn Punt word slegs vir die rede toegeken as die bewering korrek is.)
Award a mark if the statement AND reason are both correct.
S/R
Ken ʼn punt toe as die bewering EN rede beide korrek is.

2
 Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com 10612/24

QUESTION/VRAAG 1
Monthly salary (in thousand Rand) Number of employees
Maandelikse salaris (in duisend Rand) Aantal werknemers
R0  x  R10 3
R10  x  R20 4
R20  x  R30 13
R30  x  R40 20
R40  x  R50 21
R50  x  R60 12
R60  x  R70 12
R70  x  R80 8
R80  x  R90 5
R90  x  R100 2
1.1
Cumulative Frequency/Kumulatiewe Frekwensie

Ogive/Ogief

✓ (0 ; 0)
✓ Upper limit/Boonste limiet
✓ Cumulative frequency/
Kumulatiewe frekwensie
✓ Shape/Vorm

Monthly salaries in thousand Rand/Maandelikse salaris in duisend Rand (4)

1.2 30 employees/werknemers ✓ answer/antwoord

Accept/aanvaar 29-31
(1)
1.3 Median/Mediaan = R45 000 ✓ answer/antwoord
Accept/aanvaar
R44 000 – R46 000
(1)
1.4.1 Mean/Gemiddeld = R85 857,14 ✓ answer/antwoord
(1)
1.4.2 Standard deviation/Standaardafwyking = R2 294,63 ✓ answer/antwoord
(1)
1.4.3 (83 562,51 ; 88 151,77 ) ✓ interval
4 ✓4
 100 ✓ answer/antwoord
7
(3)
= 57,14%
[11]

3
 Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com 10612/24

QUESTION/VRAAG 2

Stall Number of Amount of money

Stalletjie customers/ spent (R)/
Aantal klante Bedrag spandeer
(R)
1 10 163
2 7 138
3 9 185
4 12 220
5 8 147
6 13 245

SCATTER PLOT/SPREIDIAGRAM
270
Amount/Bedrag (R)

250
230
210
190
170
150
130
110
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Number of customers/Aantal klante

2.1 a = 12,59627329 ANSWER ONLY: full marks ✓a

b = 17,32919255 SLEGS ANTWOORD: volpunte ✓b
✓ equation/vergelyking
yˆ = 12, 60 + 17,33 x
(3)

2.2 yˆ = 12, 60 + 17,33(11) ✓ substitution/substitusie

ANSWER ONLY: full marks ✓ R203,23
yˆ = 203, 23 SLEGS ANTWOORD: volpunte (2)
OR/OF
yˆ = 203, 22 (with calculator/met sakrekenaar) ✓✓answer/antwoord

2.3 r = 0,949501084
✓ value of 𝑟/waarde van r
r = 0,95
(1)

2.4 No/Nee ✓ no, strong positive

The correlation shows a positive strong correlation between correlation/nee sterk
the money spent and the number of customers./Daar is ‘n positiewe korrelasie
sterk positiewe korrelasie tussen die geld spandeer en die NO marks for NO only/
aantal klante. Geen punte vir slegs NEE
nie (1)

4
 Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com 10612/24

2.5 The gradient will decrease as the line will become less steep. ✓ decrease/afneem
The point is far away from the line. Or the point is above the ✓ point is above the data/far
data./Die gradiënt sal afneem want die lyn word minder steil. away from the line/punt is
Die punt is ver van die lyn af. Of die punt lê bokant die data. bokant die lyn/punt is ver
weg van die lyn af
(2)
[9]

QUESTION/VRAAG 3

𝜃 𝑥
O M

3.1 2 y − 3x + 9 = 0 ✓y=0
2(0) − 3 x = −9  x=3
x=3
 M(3; 0)
(2)

3.2 12 − 0  correct substitution of P

mPM =
−9 − 3 and M into gradient
= −1 formula/korrekte
Substitute/Vervang P (−9;12) substitusie van P en M
in die gradiënt formule
y − 12 = − ( x + 9 )
✓ mPM = −1
y = − x − 9 + 12
✓sub of point P or M/
y = −x + 3 vervang punt P of M

✓equation/vergelyking
(4)

5
 Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com 10612/24

3.3 3 ✓ tan  = 3
tan  = 2
2
✓answer/antwoord
 = 56,31
(2)

3.4 Substitute/vervang (a ; b) into/in y = − x + 3 :

 b = −a + 3  substitution/substitusie
b = 3 − a (1)

3.5 (5 5 )2
= (a − 9 ) + (b − 9) 2
2  substitution into correct
formula/substitusie in die
Substitute/vervang b = 3 − a : korrekte formule
125 = (a − 9) 2 + (3 − a − 9) 2
125 = a 2 − 18a + 81 + (−a − 6) 2 ✓subs of 𝑎/vervang a

125 = a 2 − 18a + 81 + a 2 + 12a + 36

125 = 2a 2 − 6a + 117
 0 = 2a 2 − 6a − 8
 0 = a 2 − 3a − 4  standard form/
standaardvorm
 0 = (a − 4)(a + 1)
 a = 4 or a = −1
Since N is in the second quadrant, we choose a = −1 .
Omdat N in die tweede kwadrant is, kies a = −1 . ✓ correct value of a/
 b = 3 − (−1) korrekte waarde van a
b = 4

✓ correct value of b/
korrekte waarde van b
(5)
3.6 9+x 9+ y
3= 0=
2 2
✓ xR = −3 ✓ yR = −9
R(−3 ; − 9)
(−3)2 + (−9)2 = r 2 ✓substitution of R/
x + y = 90
2 2 vervang R
✓ x + y = 90
2 2
(4)

3.7 Let 𝛽 be the inclination angle of the line/Laat 𝛽 die inklinasiehoek

wees van die lyn y = mx + 4 ✓  = 11, 31
 = 56,31 − 45 or/of
or / of  = 56,31 + 45 ✓  = 101,31
 = 11,31 or/of
or / of  = 101,31 ✓ m = 0, 20
m = tan11,31 or/of
or / of m = tan101.31 ✓ m = −5, 0
m = 0, 20 or/of
or / of m = −5,00 (4)
See diagram for Q3.7 on the next page./
Sien die diagram vir V3.7 op die volgende bladsy.
[22]

6
 Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com 10612/24

3.7

45°

𝛽 56,31°
𝑥
O M

𝛽 56,31° 𝑥
O M
45°

7
 Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com 10612/24

QUESTION/VRAAG 4 𝑦
F
C

B 𝑥
𝜃
O
D

4.1 B(−1;1) ✓answer/antwoord (1)

4.2 BC = 6 − 1 = 5 ✓BC = 5
AB = 20
ˆ = 90 tan ⊥ rad/rklyn ⊥ rad
CAB ✓ CÂB = 90
AC2 = ( 5 ) − ( )
2 2
20 ✓ subs in Pythagoras/
AC = 5 vervang in Pythagoras
(3)

4.3
tan  =
AC
=
5
=
1 ✓ tan  = 1
AB 2
20 2
(1)

4.4 mDC  mAB = −1

1 ✓ mDC = 1
mDC = tan  = 2
2
mAB = −2 ✓ mAB = −2
Substitute/Vervang B( −1;1)
✓substitution of 𝑚 and B/
y − 1 = −2( x + 1) substitusie van m en B
y = −2 x − 1 (3)

OR/OF

8
 Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com 10612/24

m AB = tan (90 + 26,57) ✓ mAB = tan (90 + 26,57)

m AB = − 2 ✓ m AB = − 2
Substitute/ Vervang B(− 1 ; 1)
y − 1 = − 2(x + 1) ✓substitution of 𝑚 and B/
substitusie van m en B
y = − 2x − 1
(3)
𝑦 F

26,67° 90° + 26,67° 𝑥

D B O

4.5 (x + 1)2 + (− 2 x − 1 − 1) = 20
2 ✓substitution into correct
formula/substitusie in
x 2 + 2 x + 1 + 4 x 2 + 8 x + 4 = 20 die korrekte formule
5 x 2 + 10 x − 15 = 0
x 2 + 2x − 3 = 0
(x + 3)(x − 1) = 0 ✓standard form/
x = − 3 or/of x = 1 standaardvorm
y = − 2(− 3) − 1
✓ x = −3
y= 5
A(− 3 ; 5)
✓y =5
OR/OF

(4)

9
 Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com 10612/24

Eq of DC/Verg van DC: ✓equation of DC/

1 vergelyking van DC
y − 6 = ( x + 1)
2
1
y = x + 6,5 ✓equate/gelykstel
2

1
x + 6,5 = −2 x − 1
2 ✓ x = −3
x + 13 = −4 x − 2
5 x = −15
✓y =5
x = −3
y = −2(−3) − 1
y=5
 A(−3 ; 5)
(4)

4.6
Area of/van ΔABC =
1
2
( )( )
20 5 sin 26,57 ✓1
2
(
20 )( )
5 sin 26,57

=5 ✓ area of / van ΔABC = 5

Area of/van ΔODF = (13) (14,53) sin 26,57

1
✓ 13 and/en 14,53
2 ✓ sin 26,57
= 42,25
✓
Area of/van ΔABC : Area of ΔODF = 20 : 169 area of / van ΔODF = 42,25
✓answer/antwoord
(6)
OR/OF

Area Δ ABC =
1
 5  20 = 5 ✓ 1  5  20
2 2

Equation of DC/Vergelyking van DC:

1
y − 6 = ( x + 1)
2
1 ✓ y = 1 x + 13
y = x + 6,5 2 2
2
✓ OF = 13
1 13
Equation of/verg van DC is y = x + 2
2 2 ✓OD = 13
13
OF = and/en OD = 13
2
1  13  169 ✓ 1  13 13
Area of Δ ODF =    13 = 2 2
2 2 4
✓answer/antwoord
Area Δ ABC : Area Δ ODF = 20 :169 (6)

[18]

10
 Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com 10612/24

QUESTION/VRAAG 5

5.1 sin 2 (180  + x ) .sin (− x )

−1
− sin (90 + x ). tan x
✓ (− sin x )
2

=
(− sin x )2 . − sin x − 1
sin x ✓ − sin x
− cos x. ✓ − cos x
cos x
✓ sin x
= sin 2 x − 1 cos x
(
= −1 1 − sin x 2
) ✓ sin x − 1
2

= − cos2 x ✓ − cos2 x
(6)

5.2.1 sin (A + B)
= cos90 − (A + B) ✓ cos 90 − ( A + B ) 
= cos (90 − A ) − B ✓ cos ( 90 − A ) − B
= cos(90 − A ) cos B + sin(90 − A ) sin B
✓expansion/uitbreiding
= sin A cos B + cos A sin B
(3)

5.2.2 cos 420  cos15 + sin 300  cos105  ✓ cos60

= cos 60 cos15 + (− sin 60)(− sin 15) ✓ − sin 60
✓ − sin 15
= cos(60 − 15) ✓ cos(60 −15)
= cos 45
2 2
= ✓
2 2
(5)

5.3.1  1 
LHS/LK = tan 2 x  − 1
 tan x 
2

✓ 1 − tan x
2
= 1 − tan x
2

sin 2 x
=1− sin 2 x
cos 2 x ✓
cos 2 x − sin 2 cos2 x
= cos2 x − sin 2
cos 2 x ✓
cos 2 x cos2 x
=
cos 2 x
= RHS/RK
(3)

5.3.2 x = 90 ✓ answer/antwoord

(1)

11
 Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com 10612/24

5.4 cos 2 x = cos x

2 cos2 x − 1 = cos x ✓ cos 2 x = 2 cos x − 1
2

2 cos2 x − cos x − 1 = 0 ✓standard form

(2 cos x + 1)(cos x − 1)= 0 standaardvorm
1
cos x = − or / of cos x = 1
2
x = 180 − 60 + k 360 ; k   or x = k 360 ; k   ✓both answers for cos x
x = 120 + k 360 ; k   albei antwoorde vir
or/of cos x
✓x = k 360 ; k  
x = 180 + 60 + k 360 ; k  
✓
x = 240 + k 360 ; k   x =120 and / en x = 240

✓ x = + k 360 ; k  

(6)

5.5 sin 3 = sin (2 +  ) ✓ sin 3 = sin (2 +  )

= sin 2 cos + cos 2 sin  ✓ compound expansion/
(
= (2 sin  cos )cos + 1 − 2 sin 2  sin  ) saamgestelde
uitbreiding
= 2 sin  cos  + sin  − 2 sin 
2 3
✓ sin 2 = 2 sin  cos
( )
= 2 sin  1 − sin 2  + sin  − 2 sin 3  ✓ cos 2 = 1 − 2 sin
 2

= 2 sin  − 2 sin  + sin  − 2 sin 

3 3
✓ cos  = 1 − sin 
2 2

= 3 sin  − 4 sin 3 
3
1 1
= 3  − 4 
2 2
=1 ✓sub/vervang sin  = 1
2
✓answer/antwoord
OR/OF
(7)
1
sin  =
2
 = 30 or  = 150  ✓  = 30
sin 3 sin 3 ✓  = 150 
= sin 3(30) = sin 3(150 )
✓ sin 3(30)
= sin 90 = sin 450 
✓ sin 3(150)
=1 = sin 90
✓ sin 450
=1 ✓ sin 450 = sin 90
✓ sin 90 = 1
(7)

[31]

12
 Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com 10612/24

QUESTION/VRAAG 6

6.1

3
✓ shape/vorm
✓ x-intercepts/x-afsnitte
2 ✓ turning points/draaipunte
𝒇
1
𝒈

-180° -135° -90° -45° 0° 45° 90° 135° 180°

-1

-2

(3)
-3

6.2 180 ✓ 180

(1)

6.3 x  0 ; 45 ✓ x  0 ; 45

x  90 ; 135 ✓ x  90 ; 135
(2)

6.4 Maximum value of/Maksimum waarde van ✓3

f (x)− g (x) = 2 − (− 1) = 3 (1)

6.5 𝑦 = 22𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥+2

Range of / Waardevers van 2cos x : −2 y  2

Range of / Waardevers van 2cos x + 2 : 0  y  4
Range of / Waardevers van 22cos x + 2 20  y  2 4
 1  y  16 ✓✓ 1  y  16
(2)
[9]

13
 Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com 10612/24

QUESTION/VRAAG 7

7.1 y ✓correct ratio/

sin  = korrekte verhouding
BE
y
BE = ✓ BE = y
sin  sin 
(2)

7.2 In  ABE :
ˆ = 90 +  . ˆ = 90 + 
✓ BAE
BAE
AB BE ✓ correct use of sine rule/
=
sin 2 sin(90 +  ) korrekte gebruik van
BE  sin 2 sin reël
AB =
cos 
✓ double angle/dubbelhoek
y
 2sin  cos  ✓co-function/ko-funksie
= sin  ✓ substitution of BE/
cos 
= 2y vervang BE
(5)

7.3 In  BAF is:

7y ✓correct ratio in terms of
AF y/korrekte verhouding in
ˆ
cos BAF= = 4 terme van y
AB 2 y
7 ✓ cosBÂF = 7
=
8 8
ˆ = 28,955..
BAF
✓29° / PENALTY for
= 29 incorrect rounding off/
Penaliseer vir foutiewe
afronding (3)
[10]
14
 Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com 10612/24

QUESTION/VRAAG 8

8.
A
1
23

G 2 B
1
2
1
3
=
H

21
D =C

8.1.1 B̂2 = 90 ∠ in semi-circle/∠ in ʼn halwe sirkel S R

(2)

8.1.2 Bˆ 1 + Bˆ 2 + Gˆ = 180 opposite ∠s of cyclic quad/teenoorst ∠e van R

kvh
B̂1 = 32 S (2)

8.1.3 ˆ =B
A ˆ = 32 ∠s in the same segment/ ✓S R
2 1
(2)
∠e in dieselfde segment

8.2 Ĉ1 = Â 3 = 29 ∠s opposite equal sides/∠e teenoor S/R

gelyke sye

D̂ = Ĉ1 = 29 ∠s in the same segment/∠e in dieselfde S/R

segment
 Â 3 = D̂ = 29
∴AB is a tangent to the converse tan chord theorem/
circle/AB is ‘n raaklyn aan omgekeerde raaklyn koordstelling R (3)
die sirkel
[9]

15
 Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com 10612/24

QUESTION/VRAAG 9

9.1

Construction/Konstruksie: ✓construction/
Draw diameter KS and join konstruksie
KR/Trek middellyn KS en trek KR ✓S ✓R
ˆ = 90
QSK radius ⊥ tangent/raaklyn
ˆ = 90 ✓S/R
SRK ∠ in semicircle/halwe sirkel ✓S ✓R
ˆ = TRK
but/maar TSK ˆ ∠’s in the same segment/
ˆ = Rˆ ∠e in dieselfde segment (6)
 QST

16
 Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com 10612/24

9.2

F
1 2

Q
E

G 3
23
1 2 1
D
2
1
C

A
9.2.1 ˆ =x
E  centre = 2   at R
circumference/ (1)
midpts∠=2 x omtreks∠

9.2.2 Fˆ1 = Eˆ = x tan chord theorem/ S/R

rklyn koordstelling
S/R
ˆ = Fˆ = x
C ext. ∠ of cyclic quad/
1 1
ˆ
 C = Eˆ buite ∠ van kvh
1 R (3)
corresponding ∠s are equal/
 GC|| FE ooreenk ∠e is gelyk

9.2.3 AB AG prop. theorem/eweredigheid- S R

=
BD GF stelling; GB || FD
AG AC
= prop. theorem/eweredigheid- S
GF CE
AB AC stelling; GC || FE
 =
BD CE (3)

17
 Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com 10612/24

9.2.4 AB 4 AC 4
= and/en = ✓substitution/
BD 5 CE 5
12 4 AC 4 substitusie
= and/en =
BD 5 22, 5 5 ✓BD =15
BD = 15 and/en AC = 18
BC = AC − AB ✓AC =18
= 18 − 12
=6 ✓BC = 6
CD = BD − BC
= 15 − 6
=9 ✓CD = 9
(5)
[18]

18
 Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com 10612/24

QUESTION/VRAAG 10

10.
C

K
1 H

D
G
1 2
E

A .
F
B

10.1 Tangents from the same point R

(1)

10.2 In Δ DCE and Δ HEK is :

ˆ = Eˆ
1. C alt. ∠s./verw. ∠e ,DC || EH S /R
2
ˆ
2. D = E ˆ ∠s opp equal sides/∠e teenoor gelyke sye S
1
ˆ = 180 − Cˆ
2D sum of ∠s in triangle/ binne ∠e van ∆ S
ˆ =H
K ˆ ∠s opp radii/ /∠e teenoor gelyke radii S/R
1
ˆ = 180 − Eˆ
2H sum of ∠s in triangle / binne ∠e van ∆ S
2
ˆ ˆ
but C = E proved
2

Dˆ =Hˆ
  CDE|||  EHK ∠∠∠ R
(6)

19
 Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com 10612/24

ˆ = 90
tan

10.3 FGE tan ⊥radius / rkln⊥radius S R

 DG = GE line from centre ⊥ to chord/ lyn vanuit R

midpt loodreg op koord (3)

10.4 DC DE Δ CDE|||ΔEHK S/R

=
HE HK
✓substitute
DC×HK = DE×HE DE=2GE
DC×HK = 2GE×HE
radii/radiusse
but GE = HE
✓S
 DC×HK = 2HE 2
(3)

[13]
TOTAL/TOTAAL: 150

20
 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com

PREPARATORY EXAMINATION

GRADE 12

MATHEMATICS P2

TIME: 3 HOURS

SEPTEMBER 2024

MARKS: 150

This question paper consists of 14 pages, 1 information sheet

and an answer book of 22 pages.

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
2 com FS/September 2024
Grade 12 Prep. Exams.

INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION

Read the following instructions carefully before answering the questions.

1. This question paper consists of 10 questions.

2. Answer ALL the questions in the SPECIAL ANSWER BOOK provided.

3. Clearly show ALL calculations, diagrams, graphs, etc. that you have used in determining
your answers.

4. Answers only will NOT necessarily be awarded full marks.

5. Unless stated otherwise, you may use an approved scientific calculator (non-programmable
and non-graphical).

6. If necessary, round off answers to TWO decimal places unless stated otherwise.

7. Diagrams are NOT necessarily drawn to scale.

8. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this question paper.

9. An information sheet with formulae is included at the end of the question paper.

10. Write neatly and legibly.

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
3 com FS/September 2024
Grade 12 Prep. Exams.

QUESTION 1

A sample of residents were asked, how many litres of water they use per week in their
household.

The results were summarised in the table below.

Number of litres used Frequency

50 ≤ 𝑥 < 100 20
100 ≤ 𝑥 < 150 30
150 ≤ 𝑥 < 200 50
200 ≤ 𝑥 < 250 100
250 ≤ 𝑥 < 300 80
300 ≤ 𝑥 < 350 70
350 ≤ 𝑥 < 400 50

1.1 Complete the table in the answer book provided. (3)

1.2 Calculate the estimate of the mean litres of water used by each household per week. (2)

1.3 Draw an ogive of the above data on the grid provided in the answer book. (2)

1.4 Use the ogive to determine the median of the data set. (1)

1.5 Comment on the skewness of the data. Give a reason for your answer. (2)

1.6 The municipality placed a restriction on the usage of water due to water shortages.
The residents may not use more than 300 litres of water per household per week.
How will this affect the standard deviation? Explain your answer. (2)
[12]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
4 com FS/September 2024
Grade 12 Prep. Exams.

QUESTION 2

The leg strength and the number of leg presses done per day by a random sample of ten,
eighteen-year-old boys were recorded as shown in the table below.

Number of leg
presses done 36 136 51 126 90 43 77 68 103 124
per day (x)
Strength of
upper leg (y) 0.2 0.85 0.35 0.91 0.73 0.34 0.61 0.59 0.78 0.90

2.1 Determine the equation of the regression line and write your answer in the form.
y = ... (3)

2.2 Use the regression line to predict the leg strength of the eighteen-year-old boy if he
does 110 leg-presses per day. (2)

2.3 An eighteen-year-old boy does 250 leg presses per day. Can your regression line
formula predict the strength of his legs? (Explain you answer). (2)

2.4 Calculate the correlation coefficient of the above data set. (2)

2.5 Use your answer in 2.4 to describe the relationship between the number of leg
presses and the leg strength of an eighteen-year-old boy. (2)
[11]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
5 com FS/September 2024
Grade 12 Prep. Exams.

QUESTION 3

In the diagram below, ABC is an isosceles triangle with A(2 ; 1) and B(–4 ; 9). AB = BC
and BC is parallel to the y-axis.

3.1 Calculate:
3.1.1 The length of AB. (2)

3.1.2 The coordinates of C. (2)

3.1.3 The coordinates of K, the midpoint of AC. (2)

3.1.4 The equation of AC in the form y = mx + c. (3)

3.1.5 The size of 𝜃. (3)

3.1.6 The area of triangle ABC. (4)

3.1.7 The coordinates of D if ABCD is a rhombus. (2)

[18]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
6 com FS/September 2024
Grade 12 Prep. Exams.

QUESTION 4

In the diagram, a circle centred at M touches the x-axis at C and the y-axis at point B. A
second circle with equation 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 𝑥 − 3𝑦 + 2 = 0 passes through A and M and
intersects the circle M at A. The equation of the common chord AB is given by
𝑦 = −𝑥 + 1.

4.1 Show that the equation of the circle centred at M, is 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2𝑥 − 2𝑦 + 1 = 0 (5)

4.2 Determine the coordinates of the centre and the radius of the circle which passes
through B, M and A. (4)

4.3 Calculate the coordinates of A. (5)

4.4 The straight line with equation 𝑦 = −𝑥 + 𝑘 is a tangent to the circle with centre M.

4.4.1 Show that this equation can be written as:

2𝑥 2 + (4 − 2𝑘)𝑥 + (𝑘 2 − 2𝑘 + 1) = 0 (3)

4.4.2 Calculate the numerical value(s) of k. (5)

[22]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
7 com FS/September 2024
Grade 12 Prep. Exams.

QUESTION 5

In the diagram below, the graph of f (x) = sin 2x is drawn for the interval x  [–180° ; 180°].

Use the graphs to answer the following questions.

5.1 Sketch the graph of 𝑔(𝑥) = cos(𝑥 − 45°) on the same set of axes in the answer
book provided. (3)

5.2 Determine the values of x in the interval 𝑥 [0°; 180°] for which.

5.2.1 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑔(𝑥) (7)

5.2.2 𝑓(𝑥 + 30°) = 𝑔(𝑥 + 30°) (2)

5.2.3 𝑓(𝑥) > 𝑔(𝑥) (2)

5.3 Write down the period of g. (1)

5.4 Show how the graphs of f and g can be used to solve:

√2 sin 2𝑥 = cos 𝑥 + sin 𝑥. (3)
[18]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
8 com FS/September 2024
Grade 12 Prep. Exams.

QUESTION 6

6.1 If √5 sin 𝜃 + 2 = 0 and 𝜃 ∈ [90°; 270°].

Determine without the use of a calculator the value of the following:

6.1.1 tan  (2)

6.1.2 cos 2 (2)

6.2 Simplify the following expression to ONE trigonometric ratio without the use of a
calculator:

2sin140 (5)
2 cos 2 15 − 1 +
cos 310

x
6.3 If sin = p , express sin x − 1 in terms of p. (4)
2

6.4 Prove the following:

3sin x + 2sin 2 x
= tan x (5)
2 + 3cos x + 2 cos 2 x

sin x + cos x p + t p
6.5 Show that: = if tan x =
sin x − cos x p − t t (5)
[23]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
9 com FS/September 2024
Grade 12 Prep. Exams.

QUESTION 7

In the diagram below, O is the centre of the circle with radius equal to r units.
AC = CB = t units and AȎB = 2𝜃.

7.1 Determine AB in terms of r and 𝜃 (3)

r (4)
7.2 Show that = √2(1 − cos 𝜃
t

7.3 If  = 30 , determine the area of  AOB , in terms of r (2)

[9]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
10 com FS/September 2024
Grade 12 Prep. Exams.

Give reasons for your statements in QUESTIONS 8, 9 and 10.

QUESTION 8

8.1 In the diagram, chords AB, BC and CA are drawn in the circle with centre O. DAF is a tangent
to the circle at A,

̂ F = AB
Prove the theorem which states that CA ̂C (5)

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
11 com FS/September 2024
Grade 12 Prep. Exams.

8.2. ̂B = 130° .
In the diagram below, TPM is a tangent to circle with centre O and TP
POQ is a diameter and ABQP is a cyclic quadrilateral.

Determine with reasons the size of the following.

̂B
8.2.1 QP (3)

̂B
8.2.2 PQ (3)

̂B
8.2.3 PA (2)
[13]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
12 com FS/September 2024
Grade 12 Prep. Exams.

QUESTION 9

9.1 In the diagram below, triangle QRP is drawn with RP ⊥ QP and PA ⊥ QR. QC intersects
PA and PB at E and D respectively. Q1 = Q2 and P1 = P 2

Prove:

9.1.1 BP is a tangent to circle PQE. (6)

9.1.2 ADPQ is a cyclic quadrilateral (3)

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
13 com FS/September 2024
Grade 12 Prep. Exams.

9.2 In the diagram 𝛥ABC is drawn with PQ ∥ BC. PQ : BC = 4 : 7

16
Prove 𝛥APQ = 𝛥ABC (5)
49
[14]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
14 com FS/September 2023
Grade 12 Prep. Exams.

QUESTION 10

In the diagram below, CA is a tangent to the circle O with diameter AOB. Points A, D and
B are points on the circumference of the circle. BD is produced to C and AD intersects CB
at D. It is further given that CD : DB = 2 : 3.

Prove

10.1 AD2 = 6𝑥 2 (6)

10.2 √AD2 + AC2 + AB2 = 𝑥√31 (4)

[10]

TOTAL: 150

Copyright reserved
 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
1 com FS/September 2023
Grade 12 Prep. Exams.

INFORMATION SHEET:

−𝑏 ± √𝑏 2 − 4𝑎𝑐
𝑥=
2𝑎

𝐴 = 𝑃(1 + 𝑛𝑖) 𝐴 = 𝑃(1 − 𝑛𝑖) 𝐴 = 𝑃(1 − 𝑖)𝑛 𝐴 = 𝑃(1 + 𝑖)𝑛

𝑛
𝑇𝑛 = 𝑎 + (𝑛 − 1)𝑑 𝑆𝑛 = [2𝑎 + (𝑛 − 1)𝑑]
2
𝑎(𝑟 𝑛 − 1) 𝑎
𝑇𝑛 = 𝑎𝑟 𝑛−1 𝑆𝑛 = ;𝑟 ≠ 1 𝑆∞ = ; −1 < 𝑟 < 1
𝑟−1 1−𝑟
𝑥[(1 + 𝑖)𝑛 − 1] 𝑥[1 − (1 + 𝑖)−𝑛 ]
𝐹= 𝑃=
𝑛 𝑖
𝑓(𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑓(𝑥)
𝑓 / (𝑥) = 𝑙𝑖𝑚
ℎ→0 ℎ
𝑥1 + 𝑥2 𝑦1 + 𝑦2
𝑑 = √(𝑥2 − 𝑥1 )2 + (𝑦2 − 𝑦1 )2 𝑀( ; )
2 2
𝑦2 − 𝑦1
𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥 + 𝑐 𝑦 − 𝑦1 = 𝑚(𝑥 − 𝑥1 ) 𝑚= 𝑚 = 𝑡𝑎𝑛 𝜃
𝑥2 − 𝑥1
(𝑥 − 𝑎)2 + (𝑦 − 𝑏)2 = 𝑟 2
𝑎 𝑏 𝑐
𝐼𝑛 𝛥𝐴𝐵𝐶: = =
𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝐴 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝐵 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝐶
𝑎2 = 𝑏 2 + 𝑐 2 − 2𝑏𝑐 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝐴
1
𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝛥𝐴𝐵𝐶 = 𝑎𝑏. 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝐶
2
𝑠𝑖𝑛(𝛼 + 𝛽) = 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝛼 . 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝛽 + 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝛼 . 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝛽 𝑠𝑖𝑛(𝛼 − 𝛽) = 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝛼 . 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝛽
− 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝛼 . 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝛽
𝑐𝑜𝑠(𝛼 + 𝛽) = 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝛼 . 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝛽 − 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝛼 . 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝛽 𝑐𝑜𝑠(𝛼 − 𝛽) = 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝛼 . 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝛽
+ 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝛼 . 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝛽
𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝛼 − 𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝛼
𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝛼 = {1 − 2 𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝛼
2 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝛼 − 1 𝑠𝑖𝑛 2 𝛼
= 2 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝛼 . 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝛼
2
∑𝑛𝑖=1(𝑥𝑖 − 𝑥̄ )2
∑𝑥 𝜎 =
𝑥̄ = 𝑛
𝑛
𝑛(𝐴)
𝑃(𝐴) = 𝑃(𝐴 or 𝐵) = 𝑃(𝐴) + 𝑃(𝐵) − 𝑃(𝐴 and 𝐵)
𝑛(𝑆)
∑(𝑥 − 𝑥̄ )(𝑦 − 𝑦̄ )
𝑦̂ = 𝑎 + 𝑏𝑥 𝑏=
∑(𝑥 − 𝑥̄ )2

Copyright reserved
 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com

PREPARATORY EXAMINATION/
VOORBEREIDENDE EKSAMEN

GRADE/GRAAD 12

MATHEMATICS P2/
WISKUNDE V2

SEPTEMBER 2024

MARKS/PUNTE: 150

MARKING GUIDELINES/
NASIENRIGLYNE

These marking guidelines consist of 22 pages./

Hierdie nasienriglyne bestaan uit 22 bladsye.

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai om asseblief

 Downloaded
Mathematics f rom St anmorephysics.
P2/Wiskunde V2 2 com FS/VS/September 2024
Grade/Graad 12 Prep. Exam./Voorb. Eksam.
Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

NOTE:
• If a candidate answers a question TWICE, only mark the FIRST attempt.
• If a candidate has crossed out an attempt of a question and not redone the question, mark
the crossed-out version.
• Consistent accuracy applies in ALL aspects of the marking memorandum. Stop marking the
second calculation error.
• Assuming answers/values in order to solve a problem is NOT acceptable.

NOTA:
• As 'n kandidaat 'n vraag TWEE KEER beantwoord, merk slegs die EERSTE poging.
• As 'n kandidaat 'n antwoord van 'n vraag doodtrek en nie oordoen nie, merk die
doodgetrekte poging.
• Volgehoue akkuraatheid word in ALLE aspekte van die nasienriglyne toegepas.
Hou op nasien by die tweede berekeningsfout.
• Aanvaar van antwoorde/waardes om 'n probleem op te los, word NIE toegelaat nie.

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai om asseblief

 Downloaded
Mathematics f rom St anmorephysics.
P2/Wiskunde V2 3 com FS/VS/September 2024
Grade/Graad 12 Prep. Exam./Voorb. Eksam.
Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

QUESTION/VRAAG 1

1.1 Midpoint
Number of litres Frequency Cumulative
of interval f.(x)
used (f) frequency
(x)
50 ≤ 𝑥 < 100 20 75 20 1500
100 ≤ 𝑥 < 150 30 125 50 3750
150 ≤ 𝑥 < 200 50 175 100 8750
200 ≤ 𝑥 < 250 100 225 200 22500
250 ≤ 𝑥 < 300 80 275 280 22000
300 ≤ 𝑥 < 350 70 325 350 22750
350 ≤ 𝑥 < 400 50 375 400 18750
TOTAL 100 000

✓ midpoint of interval column/middelpunt van intervalkolom

✓ cumulative frequency column/kummulatiewe frekwensiekolom

✓ f.(x) column/f.(x) kolom

(3)

1.2 100000 ✓substitute/substitusie

𝑥=
400
= 250 ✓ answer/antwoord
(2)
1.3 ✓ plotting points
correctly/stip punte
korrek
✓shape/vorm
(2)

1.4 Median = 250 ✓accept/aanvaar

(249–251)
(1)
1.5 Symmetrical. Mean = Median/ ✓answer/antwoord
Simmetries. Gemiddeldeld =Mediaan ✓reason/rede
(2)

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai om asseblief

 Downloaded
Mathematics f rom St anmorephysics.
P2/Wiskunde V2 4 com FS/VS/September 2024
Grade/Graad 12 Prep. Exam./Voorb. Eksam.
Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

1.6 Standard deviation will increase/Standaard afwyking sal ✓increase/vermeerder

toeneem

The values will be further from the new mean./Die waardes sal ✓ reason/rede
verder wees vanaf die nuwe gemiddelde.
(2)
[12]

QUESTION/VRAAG 2

Number of leg
presses done 36 136 51 126 90 43 77 68 103 124
per day (x)
Strength of
upper leg (y) 0,2 0,85 0,35 0,91 0,73 0,34 0,61 0,59 0,78 0,90

2.1 𝑎 = 0,0478072. . . . . ✓ a
Answer only: full marks, but if a
𝑏 = 0,0067704. . . . . .
and b are swopped only 1/3 marks/ ✓
𝑦̂ = 0,05 + 0,01𝑥 b
Slegs antwoord : volpunte, maar ✓ equation/vergelyking
as a en b omgeruil is, slegs 1/3
punte.
(3)
2.2 𝑦̂ = 0,0478072 + 0,0067704(110) ✓ substitute 110 into
= 0,79255196 eq./vervang 110 in
= 0,79 Answer only: full marks/ vgl.
OR Slegs antwoord : volpunte
𝑦̂ = 0,05 + 0,01(110) ✓ answer/antwoord
volpunte
= 1,15 (2)
Accept 1,15/Aanvaar 1,15
No. This is extrapolation./Nee. Dit is ekstrapolasie. ✓ answer/antwoord
2.3 ✓ reason/rede

(2)
2.4 r = 0,97 ✓ ✓r = 0,97
No penalty for rounding/ (2)
Geen penalisasie vir afronding
2.5 There is a positive strong correlation between the number of ✓ positive/positief
leg presses and leg strength of an eighteen-year-old boy./ ✓ strong/sterk
Daar is 'n positief sterk korrelasie tussen beendrukke en (2)
beenkrag van'n agtienjarige seun.
[11]

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai om asseblief

 Downloaded
Mathematics f rom St anmorephysics.
P2/Wiskunde V2 5 com FS/VS/September 2024
Grade/Graad 12 Prep. Exam./Voorb. Eksam.
Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

QUESTION/VRAAG 3

3.1 AB = √(2 + 4)2 + (1 − 9)2

✓subst./vervang
= √100
= 10
✓answer/antwoord
(2)

3.2 AB = BC = 10 ✓ x=–4
y-value 9 +10 BC∥ to y – axis Answer only: full marks/ ✓ y = 19
C (– 4 ; 19) Slegs antwoord: volpunte (2)

3.3  2 + (−4) 1 + 19  ✓ subst./vervang

K= ; 
 2 2 
Answer only: full marks./ ✓answer/antwoord
= ( −1 ; 10 ) Slegs antwoord: volpunte (2)

3.4 19 − 1
𝑚AC =
−4 − 2
18
=
−6 ✓𝑚AC = –3
= −3
through/𝑑𝑒𝑢𝑟(2; 1) ✓subst./vervang (2; 1)
𝑦 − 1 = −3(𝑥 − 2)
∴ 𝑦 = −3𝑥 + 7 ✓equation/vergelyking
(3)

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai om asseblief

 Downloaded
Mathematics f rom St anmorephysics.
P2/Wiskunde V2 6 com FS/VS/September 2024
Grade/Graad 12 Prep. Exam./Voorb. Eksam.
Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

OR/OF
19 − 1
𝑚AC =
−4 − 2
18
= ✓𝑚AC = –3
−6
= −3
through/𝑑𝑒𝑢𝑟(– 4; 19) ✓subst./vervang (– 4; 19)
𝑦 − 19 = −3(𝑥 − (– 4))
−19 = −3𝑥 − 12 ✓equation/vergelyking
∴ 𝑦 = −3𝑥 + 7 (3)

3.5 𝑡𝑎𝑛 𝛽 = 𝑚𝐴𝐶 = – 3 ✓𝑡𝑎𝑛 𝛽 = 𝑚𝐴𝐶 = −3

𝑟𝑒𝑓𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑒 = 71,57°
𝛽 = 108,43°
𝜃 = 90° − 71,57° ✓method/metode
= 18,43° ✓answer/antwoord
(3)
OR/OF

In a right angled triangle

6
tan𝜃 = ✓value of 6
18
𝜃 = 18,43° ✓value of 18
✓answer/antwoord
(3)

3.6 AC = 6 10 ✓ AC = 6 10

⊥ h = 10 ✓ ⊥ h = 10
1
Area ΔABC = .b. ⊥ h ✓ substitution into correct
2
1 formula/substitusie in
= 6 10 . 10 korrek formule
2
= 30 units2 /𝑒𝑒𝑛ℎ𝑒𝑑𝑒 2 ✓answer/antwoord
(4)
OR/OF ✓ AC = 6 10
AC = 6 10 ✓ BC = 10
BC = 10 ✓ substitution into correct
1 formula/substitusie in
Area ΔABC = BC. AC. sinC
2 korrek formule
1
= .10.6 10.sin18, 43 ✓answer/antwoord
2 (4)
= 29,99 units 2 /eenhede2
3.7 D ( 2 ; 11 ) ✓x - value/waarde
✓y - value/waarde
(2)
[18]

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai om asseblief

 Downloaded
Mathematics f rom St anmorephysics.
P2/Wiskunde V2 7 com FS/VS/September 2024
Grade/Graad 12 Prep. Exam./Voorb. Eksam.
Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

QUESTION/VRAAG 4

4.1 𝑥 2 + 𝑥 + 𝑦 2 − 3𝑦 = −2
2
1 2 2
−3 2
𝑥 + 𝑥 + ( ) + 𝑦 − 3𝑦 + ( ) ✓ LHS/LK
2 2
1 9 ✓ RHS/RK
= −2 + +
4 4
2 2
1 3 1
(𝑥 + ) + (𝑦 − ) =
2 2 2

−1 3 1 ✓centre/middelpunt
centre ( ; ) radius = √ ✓radius/radius
2 2 2

(4)
4.2 𝑦 = −𝑥 + 1. . . . (1)
𝑥 2 + 𝑥 + 𝑦 2 − 3𝑦 + 2 = 0. . . . . . (2)
substitute(1) into (2)
𝑥 2 + 𝑥 + (−𝑥 + 1)2 − 3(−𝑥 + 1) + 2 = 0 ✓substitute substitusie
𝑥 2 + 𝑥 + 𝑥 2 − 2𝑥 + 1 + 3𝑥 − 3 + 2 = 0
2𝑥 2 + 2𝑥 = 0 ✓standard form/standard vorm
2𝑥(𝑥 + 1) = 0 ✓factors/faktore
𝑥 = 0 or 𝑥 = −1 ✓value(s) of x/waardes van x

𝐴(−1; 2) ✓coordinates of A/koördinate van A

(5)
OR/OF

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai om asseblief

 Downloaded
Mathematics f rom St anmorephysics.
P2/Wiskunde V2 8 com FS/VS/September 2024
Grade/Graad 12 Prep. Exam./Voorb. Eksam.
Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

𝑥 = −𝑦 + 1. . . . (1)
𝑥 2 + 2𝑥 + 𝑦 2 − 2𝑦 + 1 = 0 … … . . (2)
substitute(1) into (2)
(−𝑦 + 1)2 + 2(−𝑦 + 1) + 𝑦 2 − 2𝑦 + 1 = 0 ✓substitute substitusie
𝑦 2 − 2𝑦 + 1 − 2𝑦 + 2 + 𝑦 2 − 2𝑦 + 1 = 0
2𝑦 2 − 6𝑦 + 4 = 0 ✓standard form/standaard vorm
2(𝑦 2 − 3𝑦 + 2) = 0
(𝑦 − 2)(𝑦 − 1) = 0 ✓factors/faktore
𝑦 = 2 or/𝑜𝑓 𝑦 = 1 ✓value(s) of y/waardes van y

𝐴(−1; 2) ✓coordinates of A/koördinate van A

(5)
4.3 y – intercept x = 0
𝑦 − intercept x = 0
(0)2 + 𝑦 2 + (0) − 3𝑦 + 2 = 0 ✓substitute/substitusie x = 0
𝑦 2 − 3𝑦 + 2 = 0
(𝑦 − 1)(𝑦 − 2) = 0 ✓factors/faktore
𝑦 = 2 or 𝑦 = 1 ✓both y-values/beide y-waardes

Centre M (−1; 1) 𝑝asses through (0 ; 1)

(𝑥 + 1)2 + (𝑦 − 1)2 = 𝑟 2 𝑠𝑢𝑏𝑠𝑡𝑖𝑡𝑢𝑡𝑒 (0 ; 1) ✓substitute centre M and
(0 + 1)2 + (1 − 1)2 = 𝑟 2 point/substitusie in middelpunt M en
𝑟2 = 1 punt
(𝑥 + 1)2 + (𝑦 − 1)2 = 1
𝑥 2 + 2𝑥 + 1 + 𝑦 2 − 2𝑦 + 1 − 1 = 0 ✓equation/vergelyking
𝑥 2 + 2𝑥 + 𝑦 2 − 2𝑦 + 1 = 0
(5)
OR/OF
y = −x + 1
✓substitute/substitusie x = 0
y − intercept x = 0
✓point /punt (0 ; 1)
y- intercept (0 ;1) ✓substitute centre M and
Centre M (−1; 1) 𝑝asses through (0 ; 1) point/substitusie van middelpunt M en
(𝑥 + 1)2 + (𝑦 − 1)2 = 𝑟 2 𝑠𝑢𝑏𝑠𝑡𝑖𝑡𝑢𝑡𝑒 (0 ; 1) punt
(0 + 1)2 + (1 − 1)2 = 𝑟 2
𝑟2 = 1 ✓𝑟 2 = 1
(𝑥 + 1)2 + (𝑦 − 1)2 = 1
𝑥 2 + 2𝑥 + 1 + 𝑦 2 − 2𝑦 + 1 − 1 = 0 ✓equation/vergelyking
𝑥 2 + 2𝑥 + 𝑦 2 − 2𝑦 + 1 = 0 (5)

4.4.1 𝑦 = −𝑥 + 𝑘 … . (1)
𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2𝑥 − 2𝑦 + 1 = 0 … … (2)
substitute(1) 𝑖𝑛to (2)
𝑥 2 + (−𝑥 + 𝑘)2 + 2𝑥 − 2(−𝑥 + 𝑘) + 1 = 0 ✓substitute/substitusie
𝑥 2 + 𝑥 2 − 2𝑘𝑥 + 𝑘 2 + 2𝑥 + 2𝑥 − 2𝑘 + 1 = 0 ✓simplify/vereenvoudig
2𝑥 2 − 2𝑘𝑥 + 4𝑥 + 𝑘 2 − 2𝑘 + 1 = 0
2𝑥 2 + (4 − 2𝑘)𝑥 + (𝑘 2 − 2𝑘 + 1) = 0 ✓standard form/standaard vorm
(3)

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai om asseblief

 Downloaded
Mathematics f rom St anmorephysics.
P2/Wiskunde V2 9 com FS/VS/September 2024
Grade/Graad 12 Prep. Exam./Voorb. Eksam.
Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

4.4.2 Equal roots Δ = 0

𝑏2 − 4𝑎𝑐 = 0
(4 − 2𝑘)2 − 4(2)(𝑘 2 − 2𝑘 + 1) = 0 ✓(4 − 2𝑘)2 − 4(2)(𝑘 2 − 2𝑘 + 1) = 0
16 − 16𝑘 + 4𝑘 2 − 8𝑘 2 + 16𝑘 − 8 = 0 ✓ simplify/vereenvoudig
−4𝑘 2 + 8 = 0 ✓ standard form/standaard vorm
−4𝑘 2 = −8
𝑘2 = 2 ✓k = 2 or/of 1,41
𝑘 = ±√2 ✓k = − 2 or/of –1,41
(5)
[22]

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai om asseblief

 Downloaded
Mathematics f rom St anmorephysics.
P2/Wiskunde V2 10 com FS/VS/September 2024
Grade/Graad 12 Prep. Exam./Voorb. Eksam.
Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

QUESTION/VRAAG 5

5.1.1

✓ x = –1

−2
tan  =
−1
✓ answer/antwoord
=2
(2)

5.1.2 cos 2 𝜃 ✓ double angle identity/dubbel

= 2 cos 2 𝜃 − 1 hoek identitiet
−1 2 ✓ substitution into correct
= 2( ) − 1 formula/substitusie in korrekte
√5
−3 formule
= ✓ answer/antwoord
5
(3)
OR/OF
1 − 2 𝑠𝑖𝑛 2 𝜃 ✓ double angle identity/dubbel hoek
identitiet
−2 2
= 1− 2( ) ✓ substitution into correct
√5 formula/substitusie in korrekte
−3 formule
=
5 ✓ answer/antwoord
(3)
OR/OF ✓ double angle identity dubbel
hoek identitiet
cos 2𝜃 − 𝑠𝑖𝑛 2 𝜃 ✓ substitution into correct
−1 2 −2 2 formula/substitusie in korrekte
=( ) −( )
√5 √5 formule
−3 ✓ answer/antwoord
= (3)
5

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai om asseblief

 Downloaded
Mathematics f rom St anmorephysics.
P2/Wiskunde V2 11 com FS/VS/September 2024
Grade/Graad 12 Prep. Exam./Voorb. Eksam.
Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

2sin140°.
5.2 2 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 1 5° − 1 +
cos 310°
✓ cos 30 °
(2 sin 40 °) ✓ sin 40 °
= cos 30 ° + ✓ cos 50 °
(cos 50 °)

√3 2 sin 4 0°
= + ✓ sin 40 °
2 sin 4 0°

√3 + 4
= ✓ answer/antwoord
2
(5)
5.3

𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝑥 − 1 ✓ x =√1 − 𝑝2
𝑥 𝑥
= 2 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝑐𝑜𝑠 − 1 ✓ double angle/dubbelhoek
2 2
𝑝 √1 − 𝑝2 ✓ substitution/substitusie
= 2( )( )−1
1 1
= 2𝑝√1 − 𝑝2 − 1 ✓ answer/antwoord (4)

5.4 3 sin 𝑥 + 2(2 𝑠in 𝑥 cos 𝑥) ✓2 sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥

2 + 3 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝑥 + 2(2 cos 2 𝑥 − 1) ✓2 cos 2 𝑥 − 1

sin 𝑥 . (3 + 4 cos x)
= ✓sin 𝑥 (3 + 4 cos 𝑥)
4 cos 2 𝑥 + 3 cos 𝑥

sin 𝑥 . (3 + 4 cos 𝑥)
= ✓cos 𝑥 (4 cos 𝑥 + 3)
cos 𝑥 . (4 cos 𝑥 + 3)

= tan x
(4)

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai om asseblief

 Downloaded
Mathematics f rom St anmorephysics.
P2/Wiskunde V2 12 com FS/VS/September 2024
Grade/Graad 12 Prep. Exam./Voorb. Eksam.
Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

5.5 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝑥 + 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝑥

𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝑥 − 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝑥

𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝑥 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝑥
+
= 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝑥 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝑥 ✓divide numerator and denominator
𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝑥 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝑥 by cos x/deel noemer en teller met
𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝑥 − 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝑥 cos x
tan x + 1 tan x+1
= ✓
tan x − 1 tan x−1

p 𝑝
+1
+1 ✓ 𝑡
= pt 𝑝
𝑡
−1
−1
t
𝑝+𝑡 𝑝−𝑡
✓ ÷
p+t p−t 𝑡 𝑡
= ÷
t t
𝑝+𝑡 𝑡
p+t t ✓ 𝑡
× 𝑝−𝑡
= ×
t p−t

p+t
=
p−t (5)
[23]

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai om asseblief

 Downloaded
Mathematics f rom St anmorephysics.
P2/Wiskunde V2 13 com FS/VS/September 2024
Grade/Graad 12 Prep. Exam./Voorb. Eksam.
Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

QUESTION/VRAAG 6

6.1

g
g

✓ turning points/draaipunte
✓ x-intercepts/x-afsnitte
✓ end points/eindpunte
(3)
6.2.1 sin 2 𝑥 = cos( 𝑥 − 45°)
sin 2 𝑥 = sin[ 90° − (𝑥 − 45°)] ✓ sin 2 𝑥 = sin[ 90° − (𝑥 − 45°)]
sin 2 𝑥 = sin( 135° − 𝑥)
2𝑥 = 135° − 𝑥 + 𝑘. 360°; 𝑘 ∈ 𝑍 ✓ 2𝑥 = 135° − 𝑥 + 𝑘. 360°; 𝑘 ∈ 𝑍
3𝑥 = 135° + 𝑘. 360°; 𝑘 ∈ 𝑍
𝑥 = 45° + 𝑘. 120°; 𝑘 ∈ 𝑍 ✓ 𝑥 = 45° + 𝑘. 120°; 𝑘 ∈ 𝑍

OR/OF

2𝑥 = 180° − (135° − 𝑥) + 𝑘, 360; 𝑘 ∈ 𝑍 ✓2𝑥 = 180° − (135° − 𝑥) + 𝑘, 360;

2𝑥 = 45° + 𝑥 + 𝑘. 360; 𝑘 ∈ 𝑍 𝑘∈𝑍
𝑥 = 45° + 𝑘. 360; 𝑘 ∈ 𝑍 𝑥 = 45° + 𝑘. 360;
✓𝑘∈𝑍
𝑥 ∈ {45°; 165°} ✓ x = 45°
✓ x = 165
OR/OF (7)

sin 2 𝑥 = cos( 𝑥 − 45°) ✓cos (90° − 2𝑥) = cos (𝑥 − 45°)

cos (90° − 2𝑥) = cos (𝑥 − 45°)
90° − 2 𝑥 = 𝑥 − 45° + 𝑘. 360°; 𝑘 ∈ 𝑍 ✓ −3𝑥 = −135° + 𝑘. 360°; 𝑘 ∈ 𝑍
−3𝑥 = −135° + 𝑘. 360°; 𝑘 ∈ 𝑍 ✓ 𝑥 = 45° + 𝑘. 120°; 𝑘 ∈ 𝑍
x = 45 + k .120; 𝑘 ∈ 𝑍
✓90° − 2 𝑥 = 360° − (𝑥 − 45°) +
𝑘. 360°; 𝑘 ∈ 𝑍
𝑥 = −315° + 𝑘. 360;
✓𝑘∈𝑍
✓ x = 45°
✓ x = 165 (7)

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai om asseblief

 Downloaded
Mathematics f rom St anmorephysics.
P2/Wiskunde V2 14 com FS/VS/September 2024
Grade/Graad 12 Prep. Exam./Voorb. Eksam.
Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

OR/OF
90° − 2 𝑥 = 360° − (𝑥 − 45°) + 𝑘. 360°; 𝑘 ∈ 𝑍
90° − 2 𝑥 = 360° − 𝑥 + 45° + 𝑘. 360°; 𝑘 ∈ 𝑍
−𝑥 = 315° + 𝑘. 360; 𝑘 ∈ 𝑍
𝑥 = −315° + 𝑘. 360; 𝑘 ∈ 𝑍
𝑥 ∈ {45°; 165°} (7)
6.2.2 𝑥 ∈ {15°; 135°} ✓ x = 15°
✓ x = 135° (2)
6.2.3 𝑥 ∈ (165°; 180°) (2)

OR/OF ✓✓ critical values & notation/kritiese

waardes en notasie
165° < 𝑥 < 180°
(2)
6.3 360° ✓answer/antwoord (1)

6.4 √2 sin 2 𝑥 = cos 𝑥 + sin 𝑥

cos 𝑥+sin 𝑥
cos 𝑥 + sin 𝑥 ✓ sin 2 𝑥 =
sin 2 𝑥 = √2
√2
1 1 1 1
sin 2 𝑥 = cos 𝑥 + sin 𝑥 ✓sin 2 𝑥 = 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝑥 + 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝑥
√2 √2
√2 √2
sin 2 𝑥 = cos 𝑥 cos 45° + sin 𝑥 sin 45° ✓sin 2 𝑥 = cos 𝑥 cos 45° + sin 𝑥 sin 45°
sin 2 𝑥 = cos (𝑥 − 45°)
𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑔(𝑥) (3)
[18]

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai om asseblief

 Downloaded
Mathematics f rom St anmorephysics.
P2/Wiskunde V2 15 com FS/VS/September 2024
Grade/Graad 12 Prep. Exam./Voorb. Eksam.
Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

QUESTION/VRAAG 7

7.1 4 ✓ substitution into the correct

Tan 43° =
CB formula/substitusie in korrek
4 formule
CB = ✓ CB subject of formula
tan 43
✓ answer/antwoord
= 4,29 m (3)

OR/OF

CB 4 ✓ substitution into the correct

=
𝑠𝑖𝑛 4 7 𝑠𝑖𝑛 4 3° formula/substitusie in korrek
formule
4 sin 47°
CB=
sin 43° ✓ CB subject of formula
= 4,29 𝑚
✓ answer/antwoord
(3)

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai om asseblief

 Downloaded
Mathematics f rom St anmorephysics.
P2/Wiskunde V2 16 com FS/VS/September 2024
Grade/Graad 12 Prep. Exam./Voorb. Eksam.
Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

7.2 CD2 = CB2 + BD2 -2CB.BD.cos 115° ✓ substitution into correct

= (4,29)2 + (5,6)2 -2(4,29)(5,6) cos 115° formula/substitusie in
= 70,07006 korrekte formule
CD = 8,37 m ✓ simplification/vereenvoudig
✓ answer/antwoord (3)

7.3 1 ✓ formula/ formule

Area Δ BCD = CB.BD.sinB
2
1
= (4, 29)(5, 6)sin115 ✓ substitution into correct
2 formula/substitusie in korrekte
= 10,89m2 formule

✓answer/antwoord
(3)
[9]

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai om asseblief

 Downloaded
Mathematics f rom St anmorephysics.
P2/Wiskunde V2 17 com FS/VS/September 2024
Grade/Graad 12 Prep. Exam./Voorb. Eksam.
Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

GEOMETRY/MEETKUNDE

Please read carefully through the following table before marking QUESTION 8–10/
Lees asseblief sorgvuldig deur die volgende tabel alvorens VRAAG 8–10 nagesien word.

The order in which the candidate answers a geometry question must follow
logically/Die volgorde waarin 'n kandidaat 'n meetkundevraag beantwoord moet
logies volg.

Example/Voorbeeld

Given/Gegee AB || CD and/en EF̂𝐷 = 115°

A D
65°
115°
F
E y
x
B C
The candidate first needs to calculate x BEFORE he/she can calculate y/Die
kandidaat moet eerste vir x bereken VOORDAT hy/sy vir y kan bereken.

A mark for a correct statement

S (A statement mark is independent of a reason)
'n Punt vir 'n korrekte bewering
('n Punt vir 'n bewering is onafhanklik van die rede)
A mark for the correct reason
R (A reason mark may only be awarded if the statement is correct)
'n Punt vir 'n korrekte rede
('n Punt word slegs vir die rede toegeken as die bewering korrek is)
Award a mark if the statement AND reason are both correct
S/R (Both MUST be correct to get one mark)
Ken 'n punt toe as die bewering EN rede beide korrek is
(Beide MOET korrek wees om een punt te kry)

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai om asseblief

 Downloaded
Mathematics f rom St anmorephysics.
P2/Wiskunde V2 18 com FS/VS/September 2024
Grade/Graad 12 Prep. Exam./Voorb. Eksam.
Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

QUESTION/VRAAG 8

8.1 Construction/Konstruksie: Draw AE through O and join BE/Trek AE  constr./

deur O en verbind BE. konstr.

𝐴̂1 + 𝐴̂2 = 90° radius ⊥ tangent/radius ⊥ 𝑟𝑎𝑎𝑘𝑙𝑦𝑛  S/R

𝐵̂1 + 𝐵̂2 = 90° angles in a semi circle/hoeke in halfsirkel  S/R

Â1 = B̂2 subtended by the same arc/𝑜𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑟𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑛  S/R
deur dieselfde boog
̂2 = B
A ̂1
S
(5)

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai om asseblief

 Downloaded
Mathematics f rom St anmorephysics.
P2/Wiskunde V2 19 com FS/VS/September 2024
Grade/Graad 12 Prep. Exam./Voorb. Eksam.
Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

8.2

8.2.1 P̂4 = 90° radius ⊥ tangent/𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑖𝑢𝑠 ⊥ 𝑟𝑎𝑎𝑘𝑙𝑦𝑛 ✓S✓R

P̂3 = 130° − 90°
= 40° ✓S
(3)
8.2.2 ̂2 = 90°
B angles in semi-circle/ℎ𝑜𝑒𝑘𝑒 𝑖𝑛 ℎ𝑎𝑙𝑓𝑠𝑖𝑟𝑘𝑒𝑙 ✓S✓R
̂ ̂
Q1 + Q 2 = 50° sum of interior angles of Δ/𝑏𝑖𝑛𝑛𝑒ℎ𝑜𝑒𝑘𝑒 𝑣𝑎𝑛 𝛥 ✓S/R
(3)
8.2.3 ̂B = 130° opp. angles of cyclic quad OR tan chord theorem/
PA ✓S✓R
teenoorst. hoeke van koordevierhoek OF tan koordstelling
(2)
[13]

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai om asseblief

 Downloaded
Mathematics f rom St anmorephysics.
P2/Wiskunde V2 20 com FS/VS/September 2024
Grade/Graad 12 Prep. Exam./Voorb. Eksam.
Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

QUESTION/VRAAG 9

9.1.1 P1 + P2 + P3 = 90 given/gegee ✓S/R

̂1 + Q
Q ̂2 + P
̂3 = 90° sum int ∠’s of Δ/som van binne ∠'e van Δ
✓S/R
̂1 + Q
Q ̂2 = P
̂1 + P
̂2 ✓S
̂1 = Q
Q ̂ 2 and P
̂1 = ̂
P2 given/gegee
✓S
̂ 1 = 2P
2Q ̂2
̂1 = P
Q ̂2
✓S
PB is a tangent angle between line and chord/hoek tussen lyn ✓R
en koord
(6)
̂1 + Q
9.1.2 Q ̂2 = P
̂1 + P
̂2 given/gegee ✓S/R
̂ 2 = 2P
2Q ̂2
̂2 = P
Q ̂2 ✓S

ADPQ is a cyclic quad AD subtends equal ∠'s/AD onderspan ✓R

gelyke ∠'e (3)

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai om asseblief

 Downloaded
Mathematics f rom St anmorephysics.
P2/Wiskunde V2 21 com FS/VS/September 2024
Grade/Graad 12 Prep. Exam./Voorb. Eksam.
Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

9.2

9.2 AP AQ PQ 4
= = = proportionality theorem PQ ∥ BC / ✓S✓R
AB AC BC 7
𝑒𝑤𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑑𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑒𝑖𝑑𝑠𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑃𝑄 ∥ 𝐵𝐶

1
𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝛥𝐴𝑃𝑄 2 AP. AQ. 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝐴 ✓correct
=
𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝛥𝐴𝐵𝐶 1 AB. AC. 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝐴 formula/korrekte
2 formule

AP. AQ
=
AB. AC

4.4 ✓substitution/
=
7.7 substitusie

16
= ✓answer/antwoord
49

(5)
[14]

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai om asseblief

 Downloaded
Mathematics f rom St anmorephysics.
P2/Wiskunde V2 22 com FS/VS/September 2024
Grade/Graad 12 Prep. Exam./Voorb. Eksam.
Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

QUESTION/VRAAG 10

10.1 ̂ 2 = 90°
D angle in semi-circle/ℎ𝑜𝑒𝑘 𝑖𝑛 ℎ𝑎𝑙𝑓𝑠𝑖𝑟𝑘𝑒𝑙 S/R
In ΔADC and ΔBDA
̂1 = B
A ̂ tan chord theorem/𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑘𝑜𝑜𝑟𝑑 𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑔 S/R
̂1 = D
D ̂ 2 = 90° angles on str. line/ℎ𝑜𝑒𝑘𝑒 𝑜𝑝 𝑟𝑒𝑔𝑢𝑖𝑡𝑙𝑦𝑛 S/R
̂C = A
̂2 sum of int ∠′ 𝑠 of Δ/𝑠𝑜𝑚 𝑣𝑎𝑛 𝑏𝑖𝑛𝑛𝑒∠′𝑒 𝑣𝑎𝑛Δ
𝛥ADC /// ΔBDA [∠∠∠] S
AD DC AC
= = similar Δ's/𝑔𝑒𝑙𝑦𝑘𝑣𝑜𝑟𝑚𝑖𝑔𝑒 Δ′𝑒
BD DA BA S/R

AD2 = BD. DC S
= 3𝑥. 2𝑥
= 6𝑥 2 (6)

10.2 𝐴̂1 + A
̂ 2 = 90° radius ⊥ tangent/𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑖𝑢𝑠 ⊥ 𝑟𝑎𝑎𝑘𝑙𝑦𝑛
2 2 2
CB = AC + AB pythagoras' theorem/𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑔
(5𝑥)2 = AC 2 + AB 2
25𝑥 2 = AC 2 + AB 2 S

AC 2 + AB 2 + AD2 S
= 25𝑥 2 + 6𝑥 2 Simplify/
= 31𝑥 2 vereenv

√AC 2 + AB 2 + AD2 = √31𝑥 2

S
= 𝑥√31
(4)
[10]

TOTAL/TOTAAL: 150

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai om asseblief

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com

NATIONAL
SENIOR CERTIFICATE

GRADE 12

MATHEMATICS

COMMON TEST

JUNE 2024

MARKS: 150

TIME: 3 hours

This question paper consists of 11 pages, an information sheet

and an answer book of 16 pages.

Copyright Reserved Please Turn Over

Mathematics/P2 2 2024 Common Test
Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
NSC com

INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION

Read the following instructions carefully before answering the questions.

1. This question paper consists of 8 questions.

2. Answer ALL the questions in the ANSWER BOOK provided.

4. Clearly show ALL calculations, diagrams, graphs, etc. which you have used in determining your
answers.

5. Answers only will NOT necessarily be awarded full marks.

6. You may use an approved scientific calculator (non-programmable and non-graphical), unless
stated otherwise.

7. If necessary, round off answers correct to TWO decimal places, unless stated otherwise.

8. An information sheet with formulae is included at the end of the question paper.

9. Write neatly and legibly.

Copyright Reserved Please Turn Over

Mathematics/P2 3 2024 Common Test
Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
NSC com

QUESTION 1

In the diagram, DEFG is a parallelogram with vertices D(𝑥 ; 7), E(−5 ; 0), F(1 ; −8) and G.
GH ⊥ EF , with H on EF, such that EH = HF. The angle of inclination of DG is 𝛽.
 5
DE has a positive gradient. DG cuts the y-axis at J  0 ;  and the x-axis at K.
 3
The length of DE = 5 2 .
D(x ; 7)
y

𝟓ξ𝟐

𝟓
Jቀ𝟎; 𝟑ቁ

E(–5 ; 0) O K x
G

F(1; –8)

1.1 Calculate the gradient of EF. (2)

1.2 Calculate the coordinates of H. (2)

1.3 Determine the equation of GH in the form y = mx + c . (3)

1.4 Calculate the size of  . (3)

1.5 ˆ .
Calculate the size of OJK (2)

1.6 Calculate the value of x. (5)

1.7 Calculate the area of DEOJ. (6)

[23]

Copyright Reserved Please Turn Over

Mathematics/P2 4 2024 Common Test
Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
NSC com

QUESTION 2

In the diagram below, P ( 3 ; − 2 ) is the centre of a circle that has the y-axis as tangent.
A and B are the x-intercepts of circle P.
y

A B
x

P(3;‒2)

2.1 Determine

2.1.1 the radius of the circle (1)

2.1.2 the equation of the circle (1)

2.2 Calculate the distance AB. (4)

2.3 Another circle has the equation x2 + 2 x + y 2 − 8 y − 8 = 0 . Determine the radius and
the coordinates of the centre of this circle. (4)

2.4 Will the two circles intersect? Clearly motivate your answer by means of
calculations. (5)

2.5 The circle with centre P is reflected about the line y = −1 . Write down the equations
of the horizontal tangents to the new circle formed through this reflection. (2)

[17]

Copyright Reserved Please Turn Over

Mathematics/P2 5 2024 Common Test
Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
NSC com

QUESTION 3

DO NOT USE A CALCULATOR WHEN ANSWERING QUESTION 3.

3.1 In the diagram below, P is a point in the first quadrant such that 5cos  = 3 .
ˆ = 90 .
R ( k ; 6 ) is a point in the second quadrant such that POR

Determine the value of the following:

3.1.1 tan  (3)

3.1.2 sin 2 (3)

3.1.3 k (5)

3.2 Simplify fully: cos ( 385 +  ) .sin ( 35 −  ) + sin ( 25 +  ) .sin ( 55 +  ) (4)

3.3 Given: sin 3 = 4sin  .cos 2  − sin  .

3.3.1 Prove the given identity. (5)

sin 3 + sin 
3.3.2 Hence, or otherwise, prove the following identity: = sin  (3)
2 + 2 cos 2

3.3.3 Determine all the values of  for which the identity in QUESTION 3.3.2
will be undefined. (4)

3.4 Determine the minimum value of: cos 3x − 5 . (2)

[29]

Copyright Reserved Please Turn Over

Mathematics/P2 6 2024 Common Test
Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
NSC com

QUESTION 4

In the diagram below, RT represents the height of a vertical tower, with T the foot of the tower.
A and B represent two points equidistant from T, and which lie in the same horizontal plane as
T.
The height of the tower is h. The angle of depression of B from R is 𝛼.
RBAˆ =.

4.1 ˆ in terms of  .
Determine the size of ARB (1)

2h.cos 
4.2 Prove that AB = (6)
sin 

4.3 Calculate the height of the tower , rounded off to the nearest unit, if AB = 5,4 units,
 = 51 and  = 65 . (3)

[10]

Copyright Reserved Please Turn Over

Mathematics/P2 7 2024 Common Test
Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
NSC com

QUESTION 5

In the diagram, the graph of g ( x ) = a sin x is drawn for the interval x   −180 ; 180 .
A ( −90 ; − 2 ) are the coordinates of a turning point of the graph.

y
g

x
‒180° 180°

A(‒90°;‒2)

5.1 Write down the value of a. (1)

5.2 On the grid provided in the ANSWER BOOK, draw the graph of
f ( x ) = 2cos ( x − 30 ) for x   −180 ; 180 . Clearly indicate all intercepts with the
axes, as well as the turning points and end points of the graph. (4)

5.3 Write down:

5.3.1 the range of f (2)

5.3.2 the period of g ( 3x ) (2)

5.4 Determine algebraically the values of x if f ( x ) = g ( x ) , for x   −180 ; 180 . (5)

5.5 Determine the value(s) of x, in the interval x   −180 ; 180 , for which

5.5.1 g / ( x) = 0 ? (2)

5.5.2 f ( x)  g ( x) ? (2)

[18]

Copyright Reserved Please Turn Over

Mathematics/P2 8 2024 Common Test
Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
NSC com
GIVE REASONS FOR YOUR STATEMENTS IN QUESTIONS 6, 7 AND 8.

QUESTION 6

6.1 SR is a diameter of the circle in the sketch below. Chord ST is produced to P.

PR is a tangent to the circle at R.
Chord SV produced meets PR at Q. TV and TR are drawn.
P

T 3 1 Q
1 2 2 2
1
V

48º
2
1
1 2
S R

6.1.1 ˆ . Provide a reason.

Write down the size of PRS (2)

6.1.2 Calculate the size of:

(a) P̂ (3)

(b) V̂1 (3)

6.1.3 ˆ = VTS
Prove that PQS ˆ . (4)

Copyright Reserved Please Turn Over

Mathematics/P2 9 2024 Common Test
Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
NSC com

6.2 In the diagram below, the bigger circle has points E, O, C and D on its circumference.
O is the centre of the smaller circle. C is a point of intersection between the two circles,
and A and F are two more points on the circumference of the smaller circle.
ABCD and BOFE are straight lines.
 = 66 and Ê = 42 .

42º
F

O 1
2
66º
A 1 2
B 1 2
C

Prove that AB = BC. (6)

[18]

Copyright Reserved Please Turn Over

Mathematics/P2 10 March 2024 Common Test
Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
NSC com
QUESTION 7

7.1 In the diagram, chords ST, SR and TR are drawn in the circle with centre O.
VSU is a tangent to the circle at S.

T
O

V S U

ˆ = Rˆ .
Use the diagram to prove the theorem which states that VST (5)

7.2 LG is a tangent to circle EFGHP at G. Chord PH is produced to L. Chord HF cuts

chord GP in M and chord EG in K. EG || PL and EF = PH. Ĝ 4 = x .

G L
1 4 x
F 2 3
1 K 3
1 1
M
2 3
1 H

7.2.1 Write down, with reasons, THREE other angles, each equal to x. (6)

7.2.2 Prove that HMG ||| EFG . (5)

7.2.3 Hence, or otherwise, prove that PH.HG = EG.HM . (3)

[19]

Copyright Reserved Please Turn Over

Mathematics/P2 11 2024 Common Test
Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
NSC com

QUESTION 8

In the diagram below, ABC is drawn with D on BC, and F and E on AC such that AB||ED ,
EB||FD , AB ⊥ BC and BE ⊥ AC . AC = 6,5 units and BC = 6 units.
A B

E D

8.1 Determine the length of AB. (2)

8.2 Prove that CB = CA.CE . (6)

8.3 Hence, determine the length of CE, correct to one decimal place. (2)

8.4 Write down the length of AE. (1)

8.5 Determine the length of EF. (5)

[16]

TOTAL: 150

Copyright Reserved Please Turn Over

Mathematics/P2 12 2024 Common Test
Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
NSC com

INFORMATION SHEET: MATHEMATICS

− b  b 2 − 4ac
x=
2a
A = P(1 + ni ) A = P(1 − ni ) A = P(1 − i) n A = P(1 + i) n
Tn = a + (n − 1)d Sn =
n
2a + (n − 1)d 
2
Tn = ar n−1 a(r n − 1) ; r  1 S =
a
; −1  r  1
Sn =
r −1 1− r

F=

x (1 + i ) − 1
n
 P=
x[1 − (1 + i )− n ]
i i
f ( x + h) − f ( x )
f / ( x) = lim
h→ 0 h
 x + x2 y1 + y 2 
d = ( x 2 − x1 ) 2 + ( y 2 − y1 ) 2 M  1 ; 
 2 2 
y − y1
y = mx + c y − y1 = m( x − x1 ) m= 2 m = tan
x 2 − x1
(x − a )2 + ( y − b)2 = r 2
a b c
InABC: = =
sin A sin B sin C
a 2 = b 2 + c 2 − 2bc. cos A
1
area ΔABC = ab. sin C
2
sin ( +  ) = sin  . cos  + cos  . sin  sin ( −  ) = sin  . cos  − cos  . sin 
cos( +  ) = cos  . cos  − sin  . sin  cos( −  ) = cos  . cos  + sin  . sin 
cos 2  − sin 2 

cos 2 = 1 − 2 sin 2  sin 2 = 2 sin  . cos
2 cos2  − 1

n 2

x  (x − x )
i
x=  = 2 i =1

n n
n( A )
P(A) = P(A or B) = P(A) + P(B) – P(A and B)
n(S)

yˆ = a + bx b=
 (x − x )( y − y )
(x − x) 2

Copyright Reserved Please Turn Over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com
FINAL

NATIONAL
SENIOR CERTIFICATE

GRADE 12

MATHEMATICS P2

COMMON TEST

JUNE 2024

MARKING GUIDELINES

MARKS: 150

TIME: 3 hours

These marking guidelines consist of 17 pages.

Copyright Reserved Please Turn Over

 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
2 com June Common Test 2024
NSC – Marking Guidelines
NOTE:
• If a candidate answered a QUESTION TWICE, mark only the FIRST attempt.
• If a candidate crossed out an answer and did not redo it, mark the crossed-out answer.
• Consistent accuracy applies to ALL aspects of the marking guidelines.
• Assuming values/answer in order to solve a problem is unacceptable.

GEOMETRY

S A mark for a correct statement

(A statement mark is independent of a reason.)

R A mark for a correct reason

(A reason mark may only be awarded if the statement is correct.)
S/R Award a mark if the statement AND reason are both correct.

QUESTION 1

−8 − 0
1.1 mEF =
1 − ( −5) A✓ substitution
4
=− Answer only: Full marks CA✓ answer
3 (2)
 x1 + x2 y1 + y2 
1.2  2 ; 2 
 
 −5 + 1 0 + ( −8) 
= ; 
 2 2 
A ✓ x-coordinate
= ( −2; −4 ) Answer only: Full marks A ✓ y-coordinate
(2)
 4
1.3 mGH   −  = −1
 3
3
mGH = CA✓ value of mGH
4
3
Substitute ( −2; −4 ) and mGH = into y = mx + c :
4
3
−4 = ( −2 ) + c CA✓ substitution of point
4 and gradient
5
4 c=−
If m = − is used: 2
3 3 5
maximum 1 mark y = x− CA✓ answer
4 2
(3)
4
1.4 mDG = mEF = − CA✓ value of mDG
3
4 4
mDG = tan  = − CA✓ tan  = −
3 3
 = 126,87 CA✓ answer
(3)

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
3 com June Common Test 2024
NSC – Marking Guidelines

1.5 ˆ = 126,87 − 90

OJK [exterior  of OJK ] CA✓ method
= 36,87 CA✓ answer
If answer is a negative angle: 0/2
(2)
( x − ( −5) ) + ( 7 − 0 ) A✓ substitution in distance
2
DE = =5 2
2
1.6
formula and equating to 5 2
( x − ( −5)) + ( 7 − 0)
2
= 50
2
CA✓ squaring both sides
x + 10 x + 24 = 0
2
CA✓ standard form
( x + 6 )( x + 4 ) = 0
CA✓ both x-values
x = −6 or x = −4
x = −4 only CA✓ selecting the x-value >
–5
(5)
OR OR
4 5
Equation of DG: y =− x+ CA✓ equation of DG
3 3
4 5
Substitute y = 7 : 7 =− x+ CA✓ substitute y = 7
3 3
4 5
x = −7 +
3 3
4 −16 CA✓ simplification
x=
3 3
−16 3
x = 
3 4
= −4 CA✓✓ answer x = −4
(5)

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
4 com June Common Test 2024
NSC – Marking Guidelines
4 5
1.7 Equation of DG: y =− x+ CA✓ equation of DG
3 3
4 5
For x-coordinate of K: 0 = − x + CA ✓ substitution of y = 0
3 3
5 CA✓ value of x-coordinate of
x = = 1, 25
4 K
1
Area of DEK =  base  height
2
1  5 CA✓ substitution to calculate
=  5 +  7
2  4 area of DEK
175
=
8
1 5 5 CA✓ substitution to calculate
Area of OJK =  
2 4 3 area of OJK
25
=
24
175 25 125
Area of DEOJ = − = = 20,83 units 2 CA✓ area of DEOJ
8 24 6
(6)
OR OR
4 5
Equation of DG: y =− x+ CA✓ equation of DG
3 3
4 5 CA ✓ substitution of y = 0
For x-coordinate of K: 0 = − x +
3 3
5
x = = 1, 25 CA✓ value of x-coordinate of
4 K
1225
DK = 1, 25 − ( −4 )  + ( 0 − 7 ) =
2
= 8, 75
2

16
EK = 1, 25 − ( −5) = 6, 25
1 ˆ
Area of DEK =  DK  EK  sin JKO
2
1 CA✓ substitution to calculate
=  8, 75  6, 25  sin 53,13
2 area of DEK
= 21,87
1 5 5 CA✓ substitution to calculate
Area of OJK =  
2 4 3 area of OJK
25
=
24
25
Area of DEOJ = 21,87 − = 20,83 units 2 CA✓ area of DEOJ
24 (6)
[23]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
5 com June Common Test 2024
NSC – Marking Guidelines

QUESTION 2

2.1.1 radius = 3 units A✓ answer (1)

( x − 3) + ( y + 2 ) = 32 CA✓ ( x − 3) + ( y + 2 ) = 32
2 2 2 2
2.1.2
(1)
2.2 For x-intercepts, let y = 0 :
( x − 3) + ( 0 + 2 ) = 32
2 2
CA✓ substitute y = 0
( x − 3) = 5
2

x −3 = + 5 or x−3 = − 5
x = 3 + 5 = 5, 24 or x = 3 − 5 = 0,76 CA✓ values of x
AB = 3 + 5 − 3 − 5 ( ) CA✓ subtraction
= 2 5 = 4, 47 units CA✓ answer (4)
OR OR
For x-intercepts, let y = 0 :
( x − 3) + ( 0 + 2 ) = 32 CA✓ substitute y = 0
2 2

( x − 3) =5
2

x2 − 6 x + 9 = 5
− ( −6 )  ( −6 ) − 4 (1)( 4 )
2

x=
2 (1)
x = 3 + 5 = 5, 24 or x = 3 − 5 = 0,76 CA✓ values of x
AB = 3 + 5 − 3 − 5 ( ) CA✓ subtraction
= 2 5 = 4, 47 units CA✓ answer (4)
OR OR

AP2 = AK 2 + PK 2 [Pythagoras] CA✓ applying Theorem of

Pythagoras
32 = AK 2 + 22 CA✓ substitution
AK = 5 CA✓ length of AK
AK = BK [line from centre ⊥ to chord]
 AB = 2 5 CA✓ answer
(4)

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
6 com June Common Test 2024
NSC – Marking Guidelines
2.3 x2 + 2 x + y 2 − 8 y − 8 = 0
x2 + 2 x + 1 + y 2 − 8 y + 16 = 8 + 1 + 16 A✓ completing the square
( x + 1) + ( y − 4 ) = 52 A✓ ( x + 1) + ( y − 4 ) = 52
2 2 2 2

radius = 5 units CA✓ radius

centre: ( −1 ; 4 ) CA✓ coordinates of centre
(4)
2.4 Sum of radii = 3 + 5 = 8 CA✓ sum of radii
( −1 − 3) + ( 4 − ( −2 ) )
2
Distance between centres =
2
CA✓substitution

= 52 = 7, 21 units CA✓ distance between centres

 Distance between centres < Sum of radii CA✓ distance between centres
< sum of radii
 The circles will intersect CA✓ conclusion
(5)
2.5 y=3 A✓ answer
y = −3 A✓answer (2)
[17]

QUESTION 3

3 3
3.1.1 cos  = A✓ cos  =
5 5

y 2 = 52 − 32 [Pythagoras] 5
y A✓ y = 4
y=4

4 θ
tan  = 3 CA✓ answer
3 (3)
3.1.2 sin 2 = 2sin  cos A✓ expansion
 4  3 
= 2    CA✓ substitution
 5  5 
24
= CA✓ answer
25
(3)

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
7 com June Common Test 2024
NSC – Marking Guidelines

3.1.3 RO = k 2 + 62 [Pythagoras] A✓ RO = k 2 + 62
sin ( 90 +  ) = cos  A✓ sin ( 90 +  ) = cos 
6 3
= CA✓ substitution
k 2 + 62 5
k 2 + 62 = 10
k 2 + 62 = 100 CA✓ simplification
k 2 = 64
k = −8 CA✓answer
(5)
OR OR
RO = k 2 + 62 [Pythagoras] A✓ RO = k 2 + 62
cos ( 90 +  ) = − sin  A✓ cos ( 90 +  ) = − sin 
k 4
=− CA✓ substitution
k +6 2 2 5
−4 k 2 + 62 = 5k
16 ( 36 + k 2 ) = 25k 2 CA✓ simplification
576 + 16k 2 = 25k 2
9k 2 = 576
k 2 = 64
k = −8 CA✓answer
(5)
OR OR
RO = k 2 + 62 [Pythagoras] A✓ RO = k 2 + 62
RP 2 = OP 2 + OR 2 [Pythagoras in POR ] A✓ Pythagoras in POR
( k − 3) + ( 6 − 4 ) = 52 + ( k 2 + 36 )
2 2
CA✓ substitution
k 2 − 6k + 9 + 4 = 25 + k 2 + 36 CA✓ simplification
−6k = 48 CA✓answer
k = −8
(5)
OR OR
4
mOP = A✓ m of OP
3
6−0
mOR = A✓ m of OR
k −0
mOP  mOR = −1 [OR ⊥ OP] A✓ condition for gradients of
⊥ lines
4 6
  − = −1 CA✓ substitution
3 k
k = −8 CA✓answer
(5)

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
8 com June Common Test 2024
NSC – Marking Guidelines

3.2 cos ( 385 +  ) .sin ( 35 −  ) + sin ( 25 +  ) .sin ( 55 +  )

= cos ( 25 +  ) .sin ( 35 −  ) + sin ( 25 +  ) .cos 90 − ( 55 +  )  A✓ cos ( 25 +  )
= cos ( 25 +  ) .sin ( 35 −  ) + sin ( 25 +  ) .cos (35 −  ) A✓ cos ( 35 −  )
= sin ( 25 +  + 35 −  ) A✓ applying compound angle
= sin 60 identity
3
= A✓ answer
2 (4)
OR OR

cos ( 385 +  ) .sin ( 35 −  ) + sin ( 25 +  ) .sin ( 55 +  ) A✓ cos ( 25 +  )
= cos ( 25 +  ) .cos 90 − ( 35 −  )  + sin ( 25 +  ) .sin ( 55 +  ) A✓ sin ( 55 +  )
= cos ( 25 +  ) .cos ( 55 +  ) + sin ( 25 +  ) .sin ( 55 +  ) A✓ applying compound angle
= cos  25 +  − ( 55 +  ) 
identity

= cos ( −30 )
3
= A✓ answer
2 (4)
3.3.1 sin 3
= sin ( 2 +  ) A✓ replace 3 by ( 2 +  )
= sin 2 cos  + cos 2 sin  A✓ compound angle expansion
= 2sin  cos 2  + ( 2 cos 2  − 1) sin  A✓sine double angle expansion
A✓ cosine double angle
expansion
= 2sin  cos 2  + 2sin  cos 2  − sin  A✓ simplification
= 4sin  cos 2  − sin  (5)

OR OR

sin 3
= sin ( 2 +  ) A✓ replace 3 by ( 2 +  )
= sin 2 cos  + cos 2 sin  A✓ compound angle expansion
= 2sin  cos 2  + (1 − 2sin 2  ) sin  A✓sine double angle expansion
A✓ cosine double angle
expansion
= 2sin  cos 2  + sin  − 2sin 3 
= 2sin  cos 2  + sin  − 2sin  (1 − cos 2  )
= 2sin  cos 2  + sin  − 2sin  + 2sin  cos 2  A✓ simplification
= 4sin  cos 2  − sin  (5)

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
9 com June Common Test 2024
NSC – Marking Guidelines

OR OR
sin 3
= sin ( 2 +  ) A✓ replace 3 by ( 2 +  )
= sin 2 cos  + cos 2 sin  A✓ compound angle expansion
= 2sin  cos 2  + ( cos 2  − sin 2  ) sin  A✓sine double angle expansion
A✓ cosine double angle
expansion
= 2sin  cos 2  + sin  cos 2  − sin 3 
= 3sin  cos 2  − sin  (1 − cos 2  )
= 3sin  cos 2  − sin  + sin  cos 2  A✓ simplification
= 4sin  cos 2  − sin  (5)
sin 3 + sin 
3.3.2
2 + 2 cos 2
4sin  cos 2  − sin  + sin 
=
2 + 2cos 2
4sin  cos 2  A✓ numerator simplified
=
(
2 + 2 2 cos 2  − 1 ) A✓ cos double angle expansion
4sin  cos 2
=
2 + 4cos 2  − 2
4sin  cos 2 
= A✓ denominator simplified
4cos 2 
= sin  (3)
3.3.3 2 + 2cos 2 = 0 A✓ equating denominator to 0
cos 2 = −1 A✓ cos 2 = −1
 2 = 180 + k .360, k  Z CA✓ 2 = 180 + k.360
Penalty of 1 if
 = 90 + k .180, k  Z k  Z is omitted CA✓  = 90 + k .180, k  Z
(4)
3.4 Minimum value of cos3x = −1 A✓ Minimum value of
Answer only: cos3x = −1
 Minimum value of cos3x − 5 = −6 Full marks A✓ answer
(2)
[29]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
10 com June Common Test 2024
NSC – Marking Guidelines
QUESTION 4

4.1 ˆ = RBA
RAB ˆ = [ RAT  RBT ]
ˆ + RBA
ˆ = 180 − RAB
 ARB ˆ ( ) [sum of  s of RAB ]
= 180 − 2 A✓ answer (1)
4.2 ˆ =
RBT [alt.  s; || lines]
h h
= sin  A✓ = sin 
BR BR
h A✓ BR subject of formula
BR=
sin 
AB BR
=
ˆ
sin ARB sin RAB ˆ A✓ applying sine rule
ˆ
BR.sin ARB
AB = A✓ AB subject of formula
ˆ
sin RAB
h sin (180 − 2 )
=
sin  sin 
h sin 2 A✓ sin 2
=
sin  sin 
h ( 2sin  cos  ) A✓ 2sin  cos 
=
sin  sin 
2h cos 
=
sin  (6)
OR OR
ˆ =
RBT [alt.  s; || lines]
h h
= sin  A✓ = sin 
BR BR
h A✓ BR subject of formula
BR=
sin 
AB = BR 2 + AR 2 − 2BR.AR.cos (180 − 2 )
2 A✓ applying cosine rule
= 2BR 2 − 2BR 2 .cos (180 − 2 )
= 2BR 2 + 2BR 2 .cos 2  A✓ − cos (180 − 2 ) = cos 2
= 2BR 2 (1 + cos 2 )
= 2BR 2 (1 + 2cos 2  − 1) A✓ cos 2 = 2cos 2  − 1
= 4BR 2 cos 2 
 AB = 2BR cos  A✓ square root on LHS and
2h cos  RHS
=
sin  (6)
2h cos 65
4.3 5, 4 = A✓ substitution
sin 51
5, 4  sin 51
h= Accept 4,96 A✓ h subject of formula
2 cos 65 units as answer
h = 5 units CA✓ answer (3)
[10]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
11 com June Common Test 2024
NSC – Marking Guidelines

QUESTION 5

5.1 a=2 A✓ answer

(1)
5.2
y (30°;2)
(0;1,73)
g
A✓ shape
f
A✓ turning points
(‒60°;0)
(120°;0) x A✓ x-intercepts

A✓ y-intercept

(‒180°;‒1,73)
(180°;‒1,73)
(‒150°;‒2)
(4)
5.3.1 y   −2 ; 2 OR −2 y  2 A✓ A✓ answer
Penalty of 1 mark if one or
both end points are excluded
(2)
360 360
5.3.2 period = A✓
3 3
= 120 Answer only: Full marks A✓ answer
(2)
5.4 2sin x = 2cos ( x − 30 ) A✓ equating
sin x = cos ( x − 30 )
sin x = sin 90 − ( x − 30 )  A✓ co-function
sin x = sin ( − x + 120 )
x = − x + 120 + k.360 or x = 180 − ( − x + 120 ) + k.360 , A✓ both solutions
k Z
2 x = 120 + k.360 x = 300 + x + k.360
x = 60 + k.180 no solution
In the interval x   −180 ; 180 :
x = 60 or x = −120 CA✓ x = 60
CA✓ x = −120
(5)

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
12 com June Common Test 2024
NSC – Marking Guidelines

OR OR
2sin x = 2cos ( x − 30 ) A✓ equating
sin x = cos ( x − 30 )
cos ( 90 − x ) = cos ( x − 30 ) A✓ co-function
90 − x = x − 30 + k.360 or 90 − x = 360 − ( x − 30 ) + k.360 , A✓ both solutions
k Z
2 x = 120 + k.360 x = 300 + x + k.360
x = 60 + k.180 no solution
In the interval x   −180 ; 180 :
x = 60 or x = −120 CA✓ x = 60
CA✓ x = −120
(5)
OR OR

2sin x = 2cos ( x − 30 ) A✓ equating

sin x = cos ( x − 30 )
sin x = cos x cos30 + sin x sin 30 A✓ compound angle
expansion
3 1
sin x = cos x. + sin x.
2 2
1 3
sin x = cos x.
2 2
sin x = 3 cos x
tan x = 3 A✓ tan x = 3
x = 60 + k.180
In the interval x   −180 ; 180 :
x = 60 or x = −120 CA✓ x = 60
CA✓ x = −120
(5)
5.5.1 x = −90 or x = 90 A✓A✓
(2)
5.5.2 x  ( −120 ; 60 ) OR − 120  x  60 CA✓CA✓
Penalty of 1 mark if one or (2)
both end points are included

[18]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
13 com June Common Test 2024
NSC – Marking Guidelines

QUESTION 6

6.1.1 ˆ = 90
PRS [tangent ⊥ diameter] S✓R✓
(2)
6.1.2 ˆ = Rˆ
PSR [tan-chord-theorem] S/R✓
1
(a) = 48 ˆ = 48
A✓ PSR
 Pˆ = 180 − PSR (
ˆ + PRS
ˆ ) [sum of  s of  PSR]
= 180 − ( 48 + 90 )
= 42 CA✓ answer
(3)
OR OR

T̂1 = 90 [  in semi-circle] S/R✓

Pˆ = Tˆ − Rˆ
1 1 [exterior  of  PTR] S✓
= 90 − 48
= 42 A✓ answer
(3)
6.1.2 R̂ 2 = 90 − 48 = 42 A✓ R̂ 2 = 42
(b)
Vˆ = Rˆ [  s in same segment] R✓
1 2

= 42 CA✓ answer

(3)
6.1.3 ˆ = 90 + Sˆ
PQS [exterior  of  QSR] S/R✓
1

T̂1 = 90 [  in semi-circle] S✓ T̂1 = 90

 VTSˆ = 90 + Tˆ
2 ˆ = 90 + Tˆ
S✓ VTS
But: T̂2 = Sˆ 1
2
[  s in same segment]
ˆ = VTS
 PQS ˆ S/R✓
(4)
OR OR

Vˆ = Pˆ [both = 42 ] S✓
1

PTVQ is a cyclic quadrilateral [converse: ext.  = opp int  ] S✓R✓

ˆ = VTS
 PQS ˆ [ext.  = opp int  ] R✓
(4)
OR OR
PQS ( )
ˆ = 180 − Pˆ + Sˆ
2 [sum of  s of  PQS] S✓ R✓
ˆ = 180 − ( V
VTS ˆ + Sˆ ) [sum of  s of  VTS] S/R✓
1 2

ˆ = VTS
 PQS ˆ ˆ = Pˆ ; proved above]
[V R✓
1
(4)

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
14 com June Common Test 2024
NSC – Marking Guidelines

6.2 ˆ = 2 A
O ˆ [  at centre = 2   at circumf.] S/R✓
1

= 2  66 = 132 A✓ answer

ˆ = Eˆ
C [ ext.  of cyclic quad.] S/R✓
1

= 42 ✓A answer
ˆ −C
B̂2 = O ˆ [ ext.  of  OBC]
1 1
= 132 − 42 = 90 ✓A 132 − 42 = 90
 AB = BC [line from centre ⊥ to chord] R✓
(6)
[18]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
15 com June Common Test 2024
NSC – Marking Guidelines

QUESTION 7

7.1
P

NOTE:
If there is no
construction:
0/5 marks

Draw diameter SP ✓ construction

Join P to R
ˆ = 90
PSV [tangent ⊥ diameter] S/R✓
ˆ = 90 − TSP
VST ˆ
ˆ = 90
SRP [  in semi-circle] S/R✓
ˆ = 90 − PRT
TRS ˆ
ˆ = PRT
But: TSP ˆ [  s in same segment] S✓R✓
ˆ = TRS
 VST ˆ OR ˆ ˆ
VST = R (5)

OR OR

90º – x

O
x
180º – 2x

x
V 90º – x

Draw radii OT and OS. ✓ construction

ˆ = x.
Let OST
ˆ =x
OTS [  s opposite equal radii] S/R✓
ˆ
TOS = 180 − 2x [sum of  s of a  ]
ˆ = 90 − x
TRS [  at centre = 2   at circumf.] S✓R✓
ˆ = 90
OSV [tangent ⊥ radius] S/R✓
ˆ
VST = 90 − x
ˆ = TRS
VST ˆ ˆ = Rˆ
OR VST [both = 90 − x ] (5)

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
16 com June Common Test 2024
NSC – Marking Guidelines

7.2.1 ˆ =x
F̂2 = G [tan-chord-theorem] S✓R✓
4
ˆ
P̂ = G 4 = x [tan-chord-theorem] S✓R✓
Gˆ = Pˆ = x [alt.  s; GE || HP] S✓R✓
2
(6)
7.2.2 In HMG and EFG :
ˆ = Eˆ
1. H [  s in the same segment] S✓R✓
2
ˆ =G
2. G ˆ [  s subtended by = chords] S✓ R✓
3 1
ˆ = EFG
3. M ˆ [sum of  s of a  ]
3

 HMG ||| EFG [   ] R✓

(5)
7.2.3 HM HG
= [ ||| s ] S✓R✓
EF EG
But: EF = PH [given]
HM HG HM HG
 = S✓ =
PH EG PH EG
And PH.HG = EG.HM
(3)
[19]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
17 com June Common Test 2024
NSC – Marking Guidelines

QUESTION 8
8.1 AB2 = AC2 − BC2 [Pythagoras] S/R✓ using Theorem of
= 6,5 − 6
2 2
Pythagoras
 AB = 2,5 units A✓ (2)
8.2 In CBA and CEB : S✓ identifying triangles
1. C ˆ = C ˆ [common] S✓
ˆ = CEB
2. ABC ˆ [both = 90 ; given] S/R ✓
3. ˆ = CBE
A ˆ [sum of  s of a  ]
 CBA ||| CEB [   ] R✓
CB CE
 = [ ||| s ] S✓
CA CB
 CB2 = CA.CE S✓ CB2 = CA.CE
and CB = CA.CE (6)
OR OR
CBA ||| CEB [perpendicular from right  vertex to S✓ CBA ||| CEB
hypotenuse] R ✓✓✓
CB CE
 = [ ||| s ] S✓
CA CB
 CB2 = CA.CE S✓ CB2 = CA.CE
and CB = CA.CE (6)
8.3 6 = 6,5.CE A✓ substitution
36 = 6,5.CE Penalty of 1 mark for incorrect
CE = 5,5 units rounding off (5,54 units) A✓ answer
(2)
8.4 AE = 6,5 – 5,5 = 1 unit CA✓ answer
Accept 0,96 units
(1)
BD AE
8.5 = [prop. theorem; AB || ED] or [line || to side of  ] S✓R✓
BC AC
1
=
6,5
BD EF
Also: = [prop. theorem; EB || FD] or [line || to side of  ] S/R✓
BC EC
1 EF
 = Penalise only once if parallel CA✓ substitution
6,5 5,5 lines are left out in reason
1  5,5
 EF =
6,5
11 CA✓ answer
 EF = units = 0,85 units Accept 0,82 units
13 (5)
[16]

TOTAL: 150

Copyright reserved Please turn over

Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
1 com Limpopo DoE / Pre June 2024

NATIONAL
SENIOR CERTIFICATE

GRADE 12

MATHEMATICS P2
PRE – JUNE EXAMINATION 2024

MARKS: 150

TIME: 3 Hours

This question paper consists of 8 pages and 1 information sheet.

Copyright reserved Please turn over

Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
2 com Limpopo DoE / Pre June 2024

INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION

Read the following instructions carefully before answering the questions.

1. This question paper consists of 10 Questions.

2. Answer ALL the questions.

3 Number your answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this

question paper.

4. Clearly show ALL calculations, diagrams and graphs that you have used in

determining your answers.

5. Answers only will NOT necessarily be awarded full marks.

6. An approved scientific calculator (non-programmable and non-graphical) may be

used, unless stated otherwise.

7. If necessary, answers should be rounded off to TWO decimal places, unless stated

otherwise.

8. Diagrams are NOT necessarily drawn to scale.

9. Information sheet with formulae is included at the end of the question paper.

10. Write neatly and legibly.

Copyright reserved Please turn over

Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
3 com Limpopo DoE / Pre June 2024

QUESTION 1
Fifty motorists were asked to record the number of kilometres travelled in one week.
The following table shows the results:

Number of kilometres Number of motorists Cumulative frequency

10  x  20 2
20  x  30 7
30  x  40 4
40  x  50 13
50  x  60 16
60  x  70 8

1.1 Complete the Cumulative frequency column. (2)

1.2 Draw the cumulative frequency curve (ogive curve) (4)
1.3 Use your graph to estimate the median number of kilometres travelled per week. (2)
1.4 What percentage of motorists travelled more than 50km in one week? (2)
[10]
QUESTION 2
2.1 The maximum daily temperatures in degrees Celsius for Polokwane for the first 10
days in July were recorded in the following table:

Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 Day 5 Day 6 Day 7 Day 8 Day 9 Day 10
24 25 22 28 27 21 18 17 24 25

2.1.1 Calculate the mean temperature for this data. (2)

2.1.2 Calculate the standard deviation from the mean for this data. (2)
2.1.3 How many days did the temperature lie outside one standard deviation of the
mean? (4)
2.2 The box and whisker plots given below represent the Mathematics marks of the same
25 students at the end of their Grade 10 and 11 years at school.

𝑥̅ = 46%

𝑥̅ = 56%

2.2.1 Calculate the inter-quartile range of each set of data. (4)

2.2.2 Comment on the way in which the distribution of the marks changes from the
end of the Grade 10 year to the end of the Grade 11 year. (3)

[15]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
4 com Limpopo DoE / Pre June 2024

QUESTION 3
In the diagram below 𝐴𝐵𝐶𝐷 is a parallelogram.

3.1 Give the co-ordinates of point 𝐵. (2)

3.2 Find E, the midpoint of 𝐴𝐶. (3)
3.3 Show that 𝐴𝐶⊥𝐷𝐵. (3)
3.4 Hence give a reason why 𝐴𝐵𝐶𝐷 is a rhombus. (1)
3.5 Find the size of angle 𝐴𝐷̂𝐶. (6)
[15]
QUESTION 4
4.1 The equation of a circle is 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 2𝑥 + 4𝑦 − 4 = 0.

4.1.1 Determine the coordinates of A, the centre of the circle and the length of the (5)
radius, r.
4.1.2 Calculate the value of p if N (1; 𝑝) with 𝑝 > 0 is a point on the circle. (1)
4.1.3 Determine the equation of the tangent to the circle at N. (2)
4.2 A second circle, centre B, with equation (𝑥 − 4)2 + 𝑦 2 = 𝑘 2 cuts the circle given
in (4.1) twice. Determine the values of 𝑘 for which point A will be inside the circle B. (6)
[14]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
5 com Limpopo DoE / Pre June 2024

QUESTION 5
−2
5.1 If 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝛼 = and 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝛼 > 0, calculate the values of the following without the use
3
of a calculator:
5.1.1 𝑡𝑎𝑛 𝛼 (3)
5.1.2 2𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝛼. 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝛼 (3)
5.1.3 𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝛼 + 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝛼 (4)
5.2 Given that cos( −  ) = cos  .cos  + sin  .sin  , derive the identity for sin( −  ) (4)
5.3 Determine, without the use of a calculator, the value of :
cos 35 .sin 25 − cos( −205 ).cos 55 (5)
5.4 Consider the following identity:
2sin 3 x + sin 2 x cos x
= 2 tan x
cos x
5.4.1 Prove the identity. (4)
5.4.2 For which values of 𝑥, 𝑥 ∈ (−180°; 180°), is this identity not valid? (2)
5.5 Determine the general solution for 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2𝑥 − 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝑥 = 2 (7)
[32]

QUESTION 6
1
The diagram shows the graphs of 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑠𝑖𝑛(𝑥 + 30°) and ℎ(𝑥) = 𝑡𝑎𝑛 𝑥.
2

6.1 Write down the domain of (𝑥). (2)

6.2 Write down the period of ℎ(𝑥). (2)
6.3 Determine the equation of the function, (𝑥), obtained when ℎ(𝑥) is translated 45˚ to the
right and then 2 units downwards. (2)
1
6.4 Determine a value of 𝑥 for which 𝑓(𝑥) − ℎ(𝑥) = . (2)
2
6.5 Determine the distance between (𝑥) and ℎ(𝑥) if 𝑥 = −135°. (3)
[11]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
6 com Limpopo DoE / Pre June 2024

QUESTION 7
The diagram below shows a vertical tower PR, with points Q, R and S all on horizontal ground.
The angle of elevation of P from Q is ∝, the length QS = 14 m. 𝑅𝑄̂ 𝑆 = 𝑥 and 𝑅𝑆̂𝑄 = 𝑦.

7.1 Express PR in terms of QR and ∝ (2)

7.2 14 sin 𝑦 (3)
Show that 𝑄𝑅 =
cos 𝑦
7 𝑡𝑎𝑛∝
7.3 If 𝑥 = 𝑦, show that 𝑃𝑅 = (4)
𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑦
[9]

QUESTION 8
8.1 In the diagram below, P, Q, R and S are points that lie on the circumference of the
circle with centre O. Given below is the partially completed proof of the theorem that
states that 𝑃̂ + 𝑅̂ = 180° .

Q
S
(7)

Copyright reserved Please turn over

Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
7 com Limpopo DoE / Pre June 2024

8.2 In the figure below, UVWX is a cyclic quadrilateral, with 𝑈𝑊||𝑌𝑍 and tangent YXZ
̂ 𝑋 = 58°.
touching the circle at X. 𝑈𝑊

Determine the values of the following angles, showing all steps and reasons:
8.2.1 𝑋̂1 (2)
8.2.2 𝑋̂3 (2)
8.2.3 𝑋̂2 (2)
8.2.4 𝑉̂1 (2)
[15]
QUESTION 9
In the diagram below, AC is a chord of circle ABCDE. 𝐴𝐹𝐷 ⊥ 𝐸𝐹𝐵,
∠𝐷1 = 40° and ∠𝐸 = ∠𝐵1.

In the following questions, give a reason for each statement:

9.1 Name THREE angles each equal to 50°. (3)
9.2 Calculate the size of ∠𝐷𝐶𝐵. (3)
9.3 Prove that EB||DC. (3)
9.4 Prove that AC is a diameter of the circle. (4)
[13]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
8 com Limpopo DoE / Pre June 2024

QUESTION 10
In the diagram, WPTU is a cyclic quadrilateral with 𝑈𝑊 = 𝑈𝑇. Chords WT and PU intersect at
Q. PW extends to S such that 𝑆𝑈||𝑊𝑇.

Prove that:
10.1 US is a tangent to circle PWUT at U. (6)
10.2 𝛥𝑆𝑃𝑈 ||| 𝛥𝑆𝑈𝑊 (4)
10.3 𝑆𝑈 2 = 𝑆𝑃. 𝑆𝑊 (2)
10.4 𝑆𝑈 2 . 𝑄𝑈 = 𝑃𝑈. 𝑆𝑊 2 (4)
[16]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
9 com Limpopo DoE / Pre June 2024

INFORMATION SHEET

− b  b 2 − 4ac
x=
2a

A = P (1 + ni ) A = P (1 − ni ) A = P(1 − i ) n A = P(1 + i ) n

Tn = a + (n − 1)d Sn =
n
(2a + (n − 1)d )
2

Tn = ar n −1 Sn =
(
a r n −1 ) ; r 1 S =
a
; −1  r  1
r −1 1− r

F=

x (1 + i ) − 1
n
 P=
x[1 − (1 + i)−n ]
f ' ( x) = lim
f ( x + h) − f ( x )
i i h→ 0 h

 x + x2 y1 + y 2 
d = ( x 2 − x1 ) 2 + ( y 2 − y1 ) 2 M  1 ; 
 2 2 
y 2 − y1
y = mx + c y − y1 = m( x − x1 ) m= m = tan 
x 2 − x1

( x − a )2 + ( y − b ) 2 = r2

a b c
In ABC: = =
sin A sin B sin C

a 2 = b 2 + c 2 − 2bc. cos A
1
area ABC = ab. sin C
2

sin ( +  ) = sin  . cos  + cos  . sin  sin ( −  ) = sin  . cos  − cos  . sin 

cos( +  ) = cos  . cos  − sin  . sin  cos( −  ) = cos  . cos  + sin  . sin 

cos 2  − sin 2 

cos 2 = 1 − 2 sin 2  sin 2 = 2 sin  . cos 
2 cos 2  − 1

n 2

 fx  (x − x )
i
x=  =2 i =1

n n
n( A)
P( A) = P(A or B) = P(A) + P(B) – P(A and B)
n(S )

yˆ = a + bx b=
 (x − x )( y − y )
(x − x) 2

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com

VHEMBE WEST DISTRICT

GRADE 12

MATHEMATICS P2
PRE-MIDYEAR EXAMINATION 2024
MEMORANDUM

MARKS: 140

This question paper consists of 21 pages including the cover page

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai om asseblief

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics P2/Wiskunde V2 2 com
NSC/NSS – Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

NOTE:
 If a candidate answers a question TWICE, only mark the FIRST attempt.
 If a candidate has crossed out an attempt of a question and not redone the question, mark
the crossed out version.
 Consistent accuracy applies in ALL aspects of the marking memorandum. Stop marking
at the second calculation error.
 Assuming answers/values in order to solve a problem is NOT acceptable.

NOTA:
 As 'n kandidaat 'n vraag TWEE KEER beantwoord, sien slegs die EERSTE poging na.
 As 'n kandidaat 'n antwoord van 'n vraag doodtrek en nie oordoen nie, sien die
doodgetrekte poging na.
 Volgehoue akkuraatheid word in ALLE aspekte van die nasienriglyne toegepas. Hou op
nasien by die tweede berekeningsfout.
 Om antwoorde/waardes te aanvaar om 'n probleem op te los, word NIE toegelaat NIE.

GEOMETRY  MEETKUNDE
A mark for a correct statement
(A statement mark is independent of a reason)
S
'n Punt vir 'n korrekte bewering
('n Punt vir 'n bewering is onafhanklik van die rede)
A mark for the correct reason
(A reason mark may only be awarded if the statement is correct)
R
'n Punt vir 'n korrekte rede
('n Punt word slegs vir die rede toegeken as die bewering korrek is)

Award a mark if statement AND reason are both correct

S/R
Ken 'n punt toe as die bewering EN rede beide korrek is

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai om asseblief

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics P2/Wiskunde V2 3 com
NSC/NSS – Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

QUESTION/VRAAG 1
1.1 45 children  answer
(1)
1.2
x
 fx  (4  2)  (8 10)  (12  9)  (16  7)  ( 20  8)  (24  7)  (28  2)
n 45
692  692
x OR x  15,38 minutes Answer only: full marks
45  answer
(2)

1.3
Time taken (t) Number of Cumulative
(in minutes) children frequency
2t6 2 2
 first 4 cum freq
6  t  10 10 12 correct
 last 3 cum freq
10  t  14 9 21 correct
14  t  18 7 28
18  t  22 8 36
22  t  26 7 43
26  t  30 2 45
(2)
1.4
CUMULATIVE FREQUENCY GRAPH
(OGIVE)
50

40  plotting cum
Cumulative Frequency

freq at upper
limits correctly
30
(all points)
 shape (smooth)
20  grounding (2;0)

10

0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Time in minutes
(3)

1.5 On graph at the y-value of 22,5 or 23  graph

Median =  15 minutes. Answer only: full marks  answer
(2)
[10]

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai om asseblief

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics P2/Wiskunde V2 4 com
NSC/NSS – Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai om asseblief

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics P2/Wiskunde V2 5 com
NSC/NSS – Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne
QUESTION/VRAAG 2
y
K

B
1

x
E(–2; 0) 0

C(2 ; –3)

D(–2 ; –5)

2.1.1 Midpoint of EC:

 2  2 0  (3)    3 
  ;   0 ;  x value  y value
 2 2   2  (2)
2.1.2  3  (5)  5  (3)
mDC  OR
2  (2) 22  substitution
2 1
=  Answer only: full marks  answer
4 2 (2)
2.1.3 1 1
m  [AB || DC] m 
AB AB
2 2
1 1
y  xc y  y  (x  x )
1 1
2 2
1 1
0  (2)  c OR y  0  (x  (2))
substitution of (  2 ;0)
2 2
c 1
1 equation
 y  x 1
2 (3)
2.1.4 tan   m  1  tan  
1
AB
2 2
  26,57 value of 
  90  26,57 [ext of Δ]
116,57 value of 
(3)

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai om asseblief

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics P2/Wiskunde V2 6 com
NSC/NSS – Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

2.2
B(0 ; 1)  coordinates of B
1  (3) (3)  1
mBC  OR mBC 
0 2 20
 2  2  mBC   2
1
m  m   2
AB BC
2
 product of gradients = –1
 1
 AB  BC
(3)
2.3.1 AB̂ C 90
 EC is diameter [converse :  in semi circle]
 3
 centre of circle  0 ;  
   answer
 2  (1)
2
2.3.2
x  02  y  3   r 2  substitution of centre
 2 
2
   3 
2
 3
 2  0   0    r OR 2  0   3      r 2
2 2 2  correct substitution of E(–
 2
2
  2   1 ; 0), B(0 ; 1) or
   3   C(2 ; –3) to calculate
OR 0  0  1     r2
2
r 2 or r
  2  
EC (2  2)2  (0  (3))2
OR r  
2 2
3
OR r  1  ( ) value of r 2 or r
2
25 5
 r  2
or r 
4 2
2
 3  25
x 2   y   
 equation
 2 4
(4)
[18]

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai om asseblief

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics P2/Wiskunde V2 7 com
NSC/NSS – Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

QUESTION/VRAAG 3

y
L

T(–2 ; b)

M(2 ; 1)
x

3.1 (x  2)2  ( y 1)2  25  equation of the circle

substitution of point T
(2  2)2  (b  1)2  25
(b 1)2  9 OF simplification
b 1  3
 b  4 or b   2   answer
(4)
3.2.1 K(2 ; 1 – 5)
 K(2 ; –4) Answer only: full marks x value  y value
(2)
3.2.2 4 1 3
m  
 mMT
MT
22 4 4
m 
4
[radius  tangent]  m 
PL
PL
3 3
4
y xc
3
4
4  (2)  c  substitution of mPL
3 and the point T
20
c
3
4 20
y x
3 3  equation
(4)

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai om asseblief

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics P2/Wiskunde V2 8 com
NSC/NSS – Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

OR
4 1 3
m  
MT
22 4  mMT
4
m  [radius  tangent]  m 
4
PL
3 PL
3
4
y  y1  (x  x1)
3
4
y  4  (x  2)
3  substitution of mPL and
4 20
y x the point T
3 3
 equation
OR (4)

P(–11 ; –8)
4  (8)  coordinates of P
mPL 
 2  (11)
4

3 4
4  m 
y x c PL
3
3
4
 8  (11)  c
3
20  substitution of mPL and
c
3 the point P or T
4 20
y x
3 3
 equation
(4)
3.2.3 4 20 28 28
y  (2)   y 

 28  28 40
2; and K2 ;  4: LK   (4)   length of LK

Coordinates of P:
x2 1 y4 L(2 ; )
 4 and  6

 x  11 y  8  xP  yP
 P(11;  8)
 height (PH)  2  (11)  13  length of  height
1 K(2 ; –4)
Area  PKL = (LK)(PH)
2
=   13 H(2 ; –8)  substitution into
2 3
the area formula
260
= OR 86,67 square units  answer
(7)

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai om asseblief

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics P2/Wiskunde V2 9 com
NSC/NSS – Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

3.2.3 OR
4 20 28 28
y  (2)   y 

 28  28 40
2; and K2 ;  4: LK   (4)   length of LK

Coordinates of P:
L(2; )
x2 1 y4 
 

 x  11 y  8
 xP  yP
 P(11;  8)

K(2 ; –4)
PK 2   11  2   8  (4)
2 2

P(–11 ; –8)
H(2 ; –8)
PK
 11  2 13
4
tan    17,1027...

PKˆ L  90  17,1027... = 107,1°  PK̂ L

1
Area  PKL = (PK)(LK).sin P K̂ L

=
1
 185  40  n107,10  substitution into
the area rule
= 86,67 square units  answer
(7)
3.3 The centres of the two circles lie on the same vertical line correct method
x = 2. and the sum of the radii = 10  sum of radii = 10
n 1  10 1  n  10
or  n 11  n   9
n 11 n  9

Answer only: full marks (4)

[21]

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai om asseblief

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics P2/Wiskunde V2 10 com
NSC/NSS – Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

QUESTION/VRAAG 4

4.1.1 sin191
  sin11  sin11
(1)
4.1.2 cos 22
 cos2 11
 1  2sin 211  answer
(1)
4.2 cosx  180  2 sin x  45
  cos x  2sin x cos 45  cos x sin 45  cos x  expansion
  1   1 
  cos x  2 sin x  cos x 
       special angle ratios
  2  2 
  cos x  sin x  cos x simplification of last
2 terms
 sin x answer
(5)
OR

cosx  180  2 sin x  45

  cos x  2sin x cos 45  cos x sin 45  cos x  expansion
  2  2 
  cos x  2 sin x  cos x 
  2   2   special angle ratios
    
 
  cos x  sin x  cos x simplification of last
2 terms
 sin x answer
(5)
4.3 sin P  sin Q  sin P  cos P sin Q  cos P
sin P  cos P2  7 
2

   squaring
 5 
49  expansion
sin 2 P  2 sin P cos P  cos2 P 
25
49
2 sin P cos P  1
25 sin 2 P  cos2 P 1
 49 25 
sin 2P    
25 25 
 
24 answer

25 (5)
[12]

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai om asseblief

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com
Mathematics P2/Wiskunde V2 11 DBE/2019
SC/SS/NSC/NSS – Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

5.1 cos(x  30)  2 sin x

cos x cos 30  sin x sin 30  2 sin x  expansion
3 1
cos x  sin x  2 sin x special  s
2 2
3 3
cos x  sin x
2 2  simplification
3
tan x   equation in tan
3
x  30  k.180; k  Z  30°
 k.180°; k Z
OR OR
x  30  k.360 or x  210  k.360 ; k  Z  30 and 210
 k.360 ; k  Z
(6)

g
D

–180° x
B 0° A 180°
f
C

5.2.1(a) A120 ; 0  answer

(1)
5.2.1(b) C 150 ;  1 x value  y value
(2)
5.2.2(a) x  (90 ; 30) OR  90  x  30  endpoints
 correct interval
(2)
5.2.2(b) x   160 ; 20 OR 160  x  20 endpoints
correct interval
(2)
5.2.3 y  22 sin x 3
Range of y  2 sin x : y  2 ; 2 OR  2  y  2
Range of y  2 sin x  3 : y  1 ; 5 OR 1  y  5  1 5
Range: y  22sin x  3 : y [2 ; 32] OR 2  y  32  2  32
correct interval
Answer only: full marks (5)

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai om asseblief

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com
Mathematics P2/Wiskunde V2 12 DBE/2019
SC/SS/NSC/NSS – Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

/ QUESTION VRAAG 6
E


D

B 2 60° x+2

x
C
H

G
6.1.1 x
sin   trig ratio
AC OR
x
AC   simplification
sin (2)
6.1.2 x2
cos 60   trig ratio
CE OR
x 2
CE 
cos 60  making CE the
x2 subject
  2x  2
1
2 (2)
6.2 1  use area rule
Area  ACE = AC.EC.sin A Ĉ E
2 correctly
1 x 
=

2x  2sin 2  substitution of
x
2  sin  (2(x  2))
x(x  2)  2 sin cos sin
=  substitution of
sin
sin 2
 2xx  2cos (3)

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai om asseblief

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com
Mathematics P2/Wiskunde V2 13 DBE/2019
SC/SS/NSC/NSS – Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

6.3 EC = 2(12 + 2) = 28  EC
AE2  AC2  EC2  2ACECcosACˆ E  use cosine rule
correctly
 12  2  12 
   282  2  28cos110  substitution
sin 55 sin 55 
   
AE  35,77m  answer
(4)
[11]

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai om asseblief

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com
Mathematics P2/Wiskunde V2 14 DBE/2019
SC/SS/NSC/NSS – Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

QUESTION/VRAAG 7

7.1

N M
2
1

L
S

31°

7.1.1(a) M Ô S  62 [ at centre = 2  at circumf/middelpts =2omtreks]  SR

(2)
7.1.1(b) L̂  31 [equal chords; equal s /= koorde; = e]  SR
(2)
7.1.2 LN = NP and LO = OM  LO = OM
1
 ON = 2 PM [ midpoint theorem/middelpuntstelling]  SR
1
 ON = 2 MS [PM = MS] S
(4)
OR
N̂1  90 [line from centre to midpt chord/lyn v midpt na midpt kd] SR
P̂  90 [ in semi-circle/ in halfsirkel]
L̂ is common/gemeen
 NLO |||  PLM ()  S/R
NL NO 1
   S
PL PM 2
1
 ON = 2 PM
1
 ON = 2 MS [PM = MS] S
(4)

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai om asseblief

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com
Mathematics P2/Wiskunde V2 15 DBE/2019
SC/SS/NSC/NSS – Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

7.2
B
2y

K
L

3y

A N M C
10x 23x

7.2.1 AN AK
 [line || one side of  OR prop theorem; KN ||BM/ R
AM AB
lyn || sy van  OR eweredigheidst; KN||BM]

AN 3y 3
 
AM 5 y 5 S
(2)
7.2.2 AM 10x
 [given]
MC 23x
AM  5 y 10x  y  2x  S
LC MC
 [line || one side of  OR prop theorem; KN ||LM/  R
KL NM
lyn || sy van  OR eweredigheidst; KN||BM]

23x 23x 23  S
  
2y 4x 4 (3)

OR

AM 10x
 [given]
MC 23x
AN 3y 6x
   S
MN 2 y 4x
LC MC
 [line || one side of  OR prop theorem; KN ||LM/  R
KL NM
lyn || sy van  OR eweredigheidst; KN||BM]

23x 23x 23  S
  
2y 4x 4 (3)
[13]

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai om asseblief

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com
Mathematics P2/Wiskunde V2 16 DBE/2019
SC/SS/NSC/NSS – Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

QUESTION/VRAAG 8

K
x
M
1 2
N
1 2

1 A
2
3
B

8.1 B̂1  x [ 's opp = sides/e teenoor = sye] S

M̂ 2  2x [ext  of ∆] OR M̂1 180  2x [s of ] S R
BM = MN [ 2 tans from a common point/raaklyne vanuit
dieselfde punt] S R
180  2x
N̂   90  x [ 's opp = sides/e teenoor = sye]  answer
1
2 (6)
OR
NM = BM [ 2 tans from a common point/raaklyne vanuit  S R
dieselfde punt]
B̂ 2  N̂ 1 [ 's opp = sides/e teenoor = sye]  S R
B̂ 1  x [ 's opp = sides/e teenoor = sye] S
In ∆ KBN:
x  x  B̂ 2  N̂1 180 [sum of 's of ∆]
2x  2 N̂ 1 180
x  N̂1  90
N̂1  90  x  answer
(6)
8.2 M B̂ A  B̂ 2  B̂3  90 [tangentdiameter/raaklynmiddellyn] S  R
B̂3  90  B̂ 2
 90  90  x  x S
B̂ 3  K̂  x S
 AB is a tangent/raaklyn converse tan-chord theorem/ R
omgekeerde raakl koordst]] (5)

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai om asseblief

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com
Mathematics P2/Wiskunde V2 17 DBE/2019
SC/SS/NSC/NSS – Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

OR
B̂ 2  N̂1
B̂ 1  B̂2  x  (90  x)  90
S
 KN is diameter/middellyn [converse  in semi-circle/
omgekeerde  in halfsirkel] R
M B̂ A  B̂ 2  B̂ 3  90 [tangent diameter]
 AB is a tangent/raaklyn converse tan-chord theorem/ S R
omgekeerde raakl koordst]] R

(5)
[11]

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai om asseblief

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com
Mathematics P2/Wiskunde V2 18 DBE/2019
SC/SS/NSC/NSS – Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

QUESTION/VRAAG 9

9.1

A
D

M N 
E F


B C

9.1 Constr: Let M and N lie on AB and AC respectively such that  Constr / Konstr
AM = DE and AN = DF. Draw MN.
Konst: Merk M en N op AB en AC onderskeidelik af sodanig dat
AM = DE en AN = DF. Verbind MN.
Proof:
In ∆ AMN and ∆ DEF
AM = DE [Constr]
AN = DF [Constr]
  D̂ [Given]  Δ AMN  Δ DEF
 Δ AMN  Δ DEF(SAS)
 SAS
AMˆ N  Ê  B̂
MN || BC [corresp 's are equal/ooreenkomstige e =]  MN || BC and R
AB AC
 [line || one side of  OR prop theorem; MN ||BC] AB AC
AM AN   R
AB AC AM AN
  [AM  DE and AN  DF]
DE DF

(6)

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai om asseblief

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com
Mathematics P2/Wiskunde V2 19 DBE/2019
SC/SS/NSC/NSS – Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

9.2

4 G
3
2 1

2 1 2 1
A O F B C

9.2.1(a) D Ô B 90
D Ĝ F Ĝ 3  Ĝ 4  90 [ in semi-circle/ in halfsirkel]  S R
DÔ B DĜ F180
DGFO is a cyclic quad. [converse: opp s of cyclic quad/ R
omgekeerde teenoorst e v koordevh]
OR
s of quad = 180°/e van koordevh = 180] (3)
OR
EÔ B  90
D Ĝ F Ĝ 3  Ĝ 4  90 [ in semi-circle/ in halfsirkel]
 S R
EÔ B  DĜ F
DGFO is a cyclic quad. . [converse: ext  = opp int / R
omgekeerde buite = teenoorst ]
OR
ext of quad = opp int /buite v vh = teenoorst ] (3)

9.2.1(b) F̂1  D̂ SR

[ext of cyclic quad/buite v koordevh]
SR
Ĝ 1  Ĝ 2  D̂ [tan-chord theorem/raakl koordst]
 F̂ 1  Ĝ 1  Ĝ 2
 GC  CF R
[ sides opp equal s/sye teenoor = e] (5)

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai om asseblief

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com
Mathematics P2/Wiskunde V2 20 DBE/2019
SC/SS/NSC/NSS – Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

9.2.2(a) AB = DE = 14 [diameters/middellyne] S
 OB = 7 units S
 BC = OC – OB = 11 – 7 Answer only: full marks
= 4 units S
(3)
9.2.2(b) In Δ CGB and Δ CAG
Ĝ 1  Â  x [tan-chord theorem/raakl koordst]  S/R
Ĉ  Ĉ [common]
∆CGB ||| ∆CAG [, ,  ] S
CG CB
 S
CA CG
CG 4

18 CG  CA = 18
CG 2  72
CG  72 or 6 2 or 8,49 units
 answer
(5)
9.2.2(c) OF = OC – FC
= 11 – 72  OF
OF
tan E 
OE  trig ratio
11  72
  0,36
7  substitution
Ê  19,76  answer
(4)
OR
OF = OC – FC
= 11 – 72  OF
FE  OE 2  OF2
2

 7 2  (11  72)2
FE  7,437..  7,44
OE OF
cos E  OR sin E   trig ratio
FE FE
7 11  72
  0,94   0,338
7,44 7,44  substitution
Ê  19,76 Ê  19,76  answer
(4)
[26]

TOTAL/TOTAAL: 140

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou

Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com
Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com
Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com
Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com
Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com
Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com
Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com
Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com
Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com
Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com
Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com
Downloaded f rom
Mathematics P2/Wiskunde V2 St anmorephysics.
1 com Limpopo DoE/June 2024
NSC-Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

NATIONAL
SENIOR CERTIFICATE

GRADE/GRAAD 12

MATHEMATICS P2/WISKUNDE 2
JUNE 2024
MARKING GUIDELINES/NASIENRIGLYNE

MARKS/PUNTE: 150

This marking guidelines consist of 19 pages/Hierdie nasienriglyne bestaan uit 19 bladsye.

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai asseblief om

 Downloaded f rom
Mathematics P2/Wiskunde V2 St anmorephysics.
2 com Limpopo DoE/June 2024
NSC-Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

QUESTION/VRAAG 1

1.1 AGE OF FRIENDS FREQUENCY CUMULATIVE

AND FAMILY FREQUENCY
20  x  30 7 7
30  x  40 20 27
40  x  50 25 52  20 & 52
50  x  60 12 64
60  x  70 8 72
70  x  80 4 76  12 & 8

80  x  90 4 80
 76 & 4 (3)
1.2 80  answer (1)
1.3 40  x  50  answer (1)
1.4
Ages of family and friends
 grounding
90
 end point
80  2 points
70
Cumulative frequancy

60

50

40

30

20

10

0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Ages of friends and family
(3)
1.5 21  accept
100 = 26, 25%
80 20 − 22
 100
 accept
25 − 27,5 (3)
[11]

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai asseblief om

Downloaded f rom
Mathematics P2/Wiskunde V2 St anmorephysics.
3 com Limpopo DoE/June 2024
NSC-Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

QUESTION/VRAAG 2

2.1 plotting
values

(2)
2.2 Skew to the left OR negatively skew  answer (1)
2.3 2nd = 20  20
th
4 = 38  32
 60
8th = 60
 56
7th = 56
10 + 20 + 20 + 38 + 45 + x + 56 + 60 + 80
6th : = 42
9
329 + x
329 + x  = 42
= 42 9
9
329 + x = 378
x = 49
 answer
(6)
[9]

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai asseblief om

Downloaded f rom
Mathematics P2/Wiskunde V2 St anmorephysics.
4 com Limpopo DoE/June 2024
NSC-Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

QUESTION/VRAAG 3

3.1 m ( PQ ) = m ( SR )  m ( PQ )
2−a −3 + 1  m ( SR )
=
−4 − 4 −2 − 2
 equating
2−a 1
=
−8 2
4 − 2 a = −8
−2a = −12
a=6  answer (4)
3.2 2 +1 1
m( PR ) = =−  m( PR )
−4 − 2 2
y = mx + c
 1
2 =  −  ( −4 ) + c subst gradient
 2 and point
c=0
1
y=− x
2  answer (3)

OR

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai asseblief om

Downloaded f rom
Mathematics P2/Wiskunde V2 St anmorephysics.
5 com Limpopo DoE/June 2024
NSC-Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

2 +1 1  m( PR )
m( PR ) = =−
−4 − 2 2
y − y1 = m ( x − x1 )
 1
y − 2 =  −  ( x + 4) subst gradient
 2 and point
1
y−2= − x−2
2
1
y=− x  answer (3)
2
3.3 1 6 +1 7  tan ratio 
m( PR ) = − m(QR ) = =
2 4−2 2   = 153, 43
1 7  m(QR )
tan  = − tan  =
2 2   = 74, 05
 = 180 − 26,57  = 74, 05
 = 153, 43
ˆ = 79,38
 PRQ ˆ
 PRQ (5)
3.4 1
y=− x
2  equation
1
(−1 ; t ) : t = − (−1)
2
1
t= answer (2)
2

OR

m( PA) = m( PR )
2−t 1
=−  equating
−4 + 1 2
2−t 1
=−
−3 2
4 − 2t = 3
−2t = −1
1  answer
t=
2 (2)

[14]

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai asseblief om

Downloaded f rom
Mathematics P2/Wiskunde V2 St anmorephysics.
6 com Limpopo DoE/June 2024
NSC-Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

QUESTION/VRAAG 4

4.1 P(2 ; −3 )  centre

Radius = 34  radius (2)
4.2 b+3  subst in formula
m( PB) =
a−2  answer (2)
4.3 a−2  answer (1)
m( AB) = −
b+3

OR

b−5
m( AB) =
a−4 (1)
4.4 Eq AB: 5 y = 3 x + 13 through B( a ; b )  subt B( a ; b ) in
5b = 3a + 13 line equation
3 13
b= a+ …..1
5 5
5
Eq PB: y = mx + c m=− and P(2 ; − 3) 5
3  m(PB) = −
3
5
−3 = − (2) + c subst gradient and
3
1 P(2 ; − 3)
c=
3
5 1
y = − x + through B( a ; b )
3 3
5 1
b=− a+ …..2  equation PB
3 3

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai asseblief om

Downloaded f rom
Mathematics P2/Wiskunde V2 St anmorephysics.
7 com Limpopo DoE/June 2024
NSC-Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

3 13 5 1
Subs 1 in 2: a+ =− a+  equate equations
5 5 3 3
9a + 39 = −25a + 5
34a = −34  simplification
a = −1
b=2 (6)

OR

Eq AB: 5 y = 3 x + 13 through B( a ; b )
5b = 3a + 13
3 13  subt B( a ; b ) in
b= a+ …..1
5 5 line equation
m(PB)  m(BA) = −1 
b+3 b−5 m(PB)  m(BA) = −1
 = −1
a−2 a−4  subst gradients in
( b + 3)( b − 5) = −1( a − 2 )( a − 4 ) …..2 formula

3 13  3 13 
Subs 1 in 2:  a + + 3  a + − 5  = −1( a − 2 )( a − 4 )  subst b value in eq
5 5  5 5 
3 28  3 12   simplification
 a +  a +  = −a + 6a − 8
2

5 5  5 5
9 2 48 336
a + a− = − a 2 + 6a − 8
25 25 25
34a 2 − 102a − 136 = 0
a 2 − 3a − 4 = 0  simplification
(a − 4)(a + 1) = 0
a = 4 or/of a = −1
NA
b=2 (6)

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai asseblief om

Downloaded f rom
Mathematics P2/Wiskunde V2 St anmorephysics.
8 com Limpopo DoE/June 2024
NSC-Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

OR

Subst B( a ; b ) in 5 y = 3 x + 13 : 5b = 3a + 13 …..1
3 13  subt B( a ; b ) in
y = x+ line equation
5 5
3 a−2
 =−
5 b+3
3(b + 3) = −5(a − 2)  equate gradients
3b + 9 = −5a + 10  simplification
3b = −5a + 1
5 1
b=− a+ .....2
3 3
 equation 2
 5 1 
Subst 2 in 1: 5  − a +  = 3a + 13
 3 3 
 subst
25 5
− a + = 3a + 13
3 3
−25a + 5 = 9a + 39
 simplification
−34a = 34
a = −1
b=2 (6)

 subst in dist
4.5
AB = ( −1 − 4 ) + ( 2 − 5 )
2 2

formula
AB = 34  answer (2)
4.6 ( x − 2 ) + ( y + 3) = 34 through ( d ; 0)
2 2

( d − 2 ) + ( 0 + 3) = 34
2 2
 Subst in formula
( d − 2) + 9 = 34
2
 simpification

( d − 2) = 25
2

d − 2 = 5  factors
d = 7 or d = −3  answers (4)
NA

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai asseblief om

Downloaded f rom
Mathematics P2/Wiskunde V2 St anmorephysics.
9 com Limpopo DoE/June 2024
NSC-Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

OR

( x − 2 ) + ( y + 3) = 34 through ( d ; 0)  subst in formula

2 2

( d − 2 ) + ( 0 + 3) = 34
2 2

d 2 − 4d + 4 + 9 = 34
d 2 − 4d − 21 = 0  standard form

( d − 7 )( d + 3) = 0  factors
d =7 or d = −3  select answer (4)
NA

OR

m( PC )  m( AC ) = −1
−3 − 0 5 − 0
 = −1  subst in formula
2−d 4−d
−3 5
 = −1
2−d 4−d
−15
= −1
8 − 6d + d 2
−15 = −8 + 6d − d 2
d 2 − 6d − 7 = 0  standard form
(d − 7)(d + 1) = 0
 factors
d = 7 or d = −1
 select answer (4)
NA

4.7 2+3 5  m( PB )
m( PB) = =−
−1 − 2 3
−3 − 0 3  m( PC )
m( PC ) = =
2−7 5
5 3
 m( PB)  m( PC ) = −  = −1  subst in formula
3 5
ˆ
 BPC = 90 (3)

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai asseblief om

Downloaded f rom
Mathematics P2/Wiskunde V2 St anmorephysics.
10 com Limpopo DoE/June 2024
NSC-Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

4.8 y-intercept of AB: Let x = 0 in 5 y = 3 x + 13

5 y = 13
13
y=  y - value
5
 13 
D0 ; 
 5
Equation of CP: y = mx + c
3
−3 = (2) + c  subst m and point
5
21
c=−
5
 equation of CP
3 21
y = x−
5 5
 21 
 y − value of E
E0 ; − 
 5
34  answer
DE = = 6,8
5 (5)
[25]

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai asseblief om

Downloaded f rom
Mathematics P2/Wiskunde V2 St anmorephysics.
11 com Limpopo DoE/June 2024
NSC-Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

QUESTION/VRAAG 5

5.1.1 sin 215

= − sin 35  − sin 35
m  m2 + 1
=−
m2 + 1  answer

(3)
5.1.2 sin 70 = sin 2  35
= 2sin 35 cos 35 double 
 m  1 
= 2     subst
 m +1   m +1 
2 2

2m  answer
= 2
m +1 (3)
5.2

10 50
I I  10 & 50

 
3 7
50  sin ( 2 +  )
= 50 sin 2 cos  + cos 2 sin   compound 
= 50  2sin  cos  cos  + ( 2 cos  − 1) sin  
2  double  ’s

  1   3   7    3 2   1  
= 50  2     +  2  − 1  
  10   10   50    10    50 
 subst

 42 8  1 
= 50  +  
10 50 10  50    simplification
 42 8 
= 50  + 
10 50 10 50 
 50 
= 50  
10 50 
= 25 2  answer (6)

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai asseblief om

Downloaded f rom
Mathematics P2/Wiskunde V2 St anmorephysics.
12 com Limpopo DoE/June 2024
NSC-Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

5.3 cos(− x) tan(180 − x) cos(90 − x)  cos x

sin(540 + x) sin(180 − x)  − tan x
 sin x
=
( cos x )( − tan x )( sin x )  − sin x
( − sin x )( sin x )  sin x
− tan x
=
− tan x
=1  answer (6)
5.4.1 sin x sin x 2 tan x
+ =
1 − sin x 1 + sin x cos x
sin x sin x
LHS = +
1 − sin x 1 + sin x
sin x (1 + sin x ) + sin x (1 − sin x )
=
(1 − sin x )(1 + sin x )  LCM

sin x + sin 2 x + sin x − sin 2 x

=  simplify
1 − sin 2 x
numerator
2sin x
=  1 − sin 2 x
cos 2 x
 cos 2 x
2sin x
=
cos x cos x
2 tan x
= = RHS
cos x (4)
5.4.2 x = 90 and x = 270  90
 270 (2)
[24]

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai asseblief om

Downloaded f rom
Mathematics P2/Wiskunde V2 St anmorephysics.
13 com Limpopo DoE/June 2024
NSC-Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

QUESTION/VRAAG 6

6.1 cos ( x − 30 ) = sin x

cos ( x − 30 ) = cos ( 90 − x )  co-function

x − 30 = 90 − x + k .360 or x − 30 = 360 − ( 90 − x ) + k .360  both equations

2 x = 120 + k .360 x − 30 = 360 − 90 + x + k .360

x = 60 + k .180, k   NA 
x = 60 x = 60 + k .180,
k 
 x = 60 (4)
6.2.1

 f
 g

(4)
6.2.2 y   −1 ; 1  critical values
(2)
 notation
6.2.3 x  (30 ; 90]  critical values
 notation (2)
6.2.4 x  [−90 ; − 60] , x = 0 
x  [−90 ; − 60]
 x = 0 (3)
6.2.5 x  (60 ; 90]  critical values
 notation (2)
[17]

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai asseblief om

Downloaded f rom
Mathematics P2/Wiskunde V2 St anmorephysics.
14 com Limpopo DoE/June 2024
NSC-Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

QUESTION/VRAAG 7 D


E

A B F
7.1.1 ˆ = AEB
A ˆ 's opp equal sides S R
ˆ = 180 − 2 x
2A 's of 
 = 90 − x (2)
7.1.2 ˆ = 2x
ACB tan- chord theorem SR (2)
7.2 BC h
In ECB: =
sin ( 90 + x ) sin 2 x  subst in sine rule
h cos x
BC =  co-function
2sin x cos x
 double 
h
BC = (3)
2sin x
7.3 In BCD: Ĉ = 90  Ĉ = 90
h
BD
= 2sin x
sin 90 sin(90 − x)  subst in sine rule
h  co-function
BD =
2sin x cos x
h
BD = (3)
sin 2 x

OR

h
sin(90 − x) = 2sin x  D̂ = 90 − x
BD
h h
BD = =  subst in sine rule
2sin x cos x sin 2 x
 co-function (3)
[10]

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai asseblief om

Downloaded f rom
Mathematics P2/Wiskunde V2 St anmorephysics.
15 com Limpopo DoE/June 2024
NSC-Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

QUESTION/VRAAG 8

T
1 2

3 R 1
K P
1 2 2

2
1 3
A
Q

8.1 ˆ = 50
T̂2 =A tan-chord theorem SR
(2)
8.2 ˆ =K
A ˆ = 50 corresp  ' s , AQ ǀǀ KP SR (2)
3

8.3 ˆ =Q
A ˆ = 50 tan-chord theorem SR (2)
3

OR
ˆ = 50
T̂2 = Q  ' s opp equal tangents
3 SR (2)
8.4 Line subtend equal  ' s OR converse  ' s in the same segment R (1)
8.5 Tˆ 2 = K
ˆ = 50
2  ' s in same segment SR

ˆ = 50
K̂ 2 = Q alt  ' s , AQ ǀǀ KP R
1 (3)
[10]

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai asseblief om

Downloaded f rom
Mathematics P2/Wiskunde V2 St anmorephysics.
16 com Limpopo DoE/June 2024
NSC-Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

QUESTION/VRAAG 9
K

2
O 
1
N L

9.1 Construction: Draw radii ON and OL  Construction

ˆ = 2 K
O ˆ midpt  = 2  circumf 
1 SR
ˆ = 2 M
O ˆ midpt  = 2  circumf 
2  S/R
ˆ +O
O ˆ = 360 revolution  S/R
1 2

ˆ + 2M
2K ˆ = 360
ˆ +M
K ˆ = 180 (5)

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai asseblief om

Downloaded f rom
Mathematics P2/Wiskunde V2 St anmorephysics.
17 com Limpopo DoE/June 2024
NSC-Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

V
K
1 4
2 3

1
2
E 2 3 21
4 3 1 4 F
L 3
4

H
G 1 2

9.2.1 Jˆ = Fˆ3  ' s opp equal sides S R

Fˆ3 = K
ˆ
2  ' s in the same segment S R
 Jˆ = K
ˆ
2
(4)
9.2.2 ˆ = Jˆ
K ext  of cyclic quad
1 S R
Jˆ = K
ˆ
2 proven
ˆ =K
K ˆ (2)
1 2

9.2.3 Fˆ1 + Fˆ2 = Jˆ tan-chord theorem S R

Jˆ = K
ˆ
2 proven
Fˆ1 + Fˆ2 = K
ˆ
2

 KLFV is a cyclic quad converse ext  of cyclic quad R (3)

[14]

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai asseblief om

Downloaded f rom
Mathematics P2/Wiskunde V2 St anmorephysics.
18 com Limpopo DoE/June 2024
NSC-Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

QUESTION/VRAAG 10
Q
1 2
p 1
2 T1 4
2 3
2
1 R

2
A
1
2
1
12 B
S
10.1 Sˆ 1 = A
ˆ =x
1 alt  ' s , PS ǀǀ AB SR
ˆ = Rˆ = x
A ext  of cyclic quad
1 1 SR (4)
10.2 In PQT and PRQ :
(i) Pˆ = Pˆ
1 1 common S
ˆ = Rˆ
(ii) Q tan-chord theorem  S/R
1 2

 PQT ǀǀǀ PRQ 3 's R

(3)

OR

In PQT and PRQ :

(i) Pˆ = Pˆ
1 1 common S
ˆ = Rˆ
(ii) Q tan-chord theorem  S/R
1 2

ˆ
(iii) T̂1 = PQR 3rd  S

 PQT ǀǀǀ PRQ 3 's (3)

10.3 PQ PT
= ǀǀǀ  ' s R
PR PQ
PQ 4
=
9 PQ  subst
PQ 2 = 36
 PQ = 6  answer (3)

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai asseblief om

Downloaded f rom
Mathematics P2/Wiskunde V2 St anmorephysics.
19 com Limpopo DoE/June 2024
NSC-Marking Guidelines/Nasienriglyne

10.4 In PTS and PSR :

(i) Pˆ = Pˆ
2 2 common S
(ii) Sˆ 1 = Rˆ 1 = x proven S
 PTS ǀǀǀ PSR 3 's R

OR

In PTS and PSR :

(i) Pˆ = Pˆ
2 2 common S
(ii) Sˆ 1 = Rˆ 1 = x proven  S/R
(iii) P̂2 = Sˆ 3rd  S
 PTS ǀǀǀ PSR 3 's (3)
10.5 PT PS
= ǀǀǀ  ' s  S/R
PS PR
 PS2 = PT.PR S
PQ = PT.PR
2
from 10.3
S
PS2 = PQ 2
 PS = PQ (3)
[16]

TOTAL/TOTAAL : 150

Copyright reserved/Kopiereg voorbehou Please turn over/Blaai asseblief om

Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com
Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com
Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com
Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com
Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com
Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com
Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com
Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com
Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com
Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com
Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com
Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com
 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com

NATIONAL
SENIOR CERTIFICATE

GRADE 12

MATHEMATICS PAPER 2

SEPTEMBER 2024

MARKING GUIDELINE / NASIENRIGLYNE

MARKS/PUNTE: 150

This marking guideline consist of 16 pages.

Hierdie nasienriglyne bestaan uit 16 bladsye.

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
2 com MDE/September 2024

NSC Marking Guideline

NOTE:

 If a candidate answered a question TWICE, mark only the FIRST attempt.

 If a candidate crossed out an answer and did not redo it, mark the crossed-out answer.
 Consistent accuracy applies to ALL aspects of the marking guiselines.
 Assuming values/answers in order to solve a problem is unacceptable.

LET WEL:

 As 'n kandidaat 'n vraag TWEE keer beantwoord het, sien slegs die EERSTE poging na.
 As 'n kandidaat 'n antwoord deurgehaal en nie oorgedoen het nie, sien die deurgehaalde
antwoord na.
 Volgehoue akkuraatheid is op ALLE aspekte van die nasienriglyn van toepassing.
 Dit is onaanvaarbaar om waardes/antwoorde te veronderstel om 'n probleem op te los.

QUESTION 1/ VRAAG 1

Preparatory
55 35 67 85 91 48 78 72 15 75 69 37
exam(𝑥)
Final
57 50 74 80 92 50 80 81 23 80 75 42
exam(𝑦)

1.1 a  12,01  value of a

b  0,88  value of b

y  12,01  0,88x  Equation (3)

1.2

 any correct two

points

 straight line
joining the points

 passing through
 
x; y
 
(3)

1.3 y  12,01  0,88(46)  Substitution

𝑦 = 52% OR calculator 𝑦 = 52,50%  Answer (2)
1.4 r = 0,98  Answer (1)

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
3 com MDE/September 2024

NSC Marking Guideline

1.5 There’s a very strong positive correlation between preparatory marks  Answer (1)
and final marks.
Daar is ‘n baie sterk positiewe korrelasie tussen die rekordeksamen en
die finale punte.
1.6 No, the preparatory exam mark is the independent variable. Hence we  Answer
cannot determine the preparatory mark using the final mark.  Reason (2)
Nee, die rekordeksamen is die onafhanklike veranderlike. Die finale
punt kan dus nie gebruik word om die rekordeksamenpunt te voorspel
nie.
[12]

QUESTION 2 / VRAAG 2
2.1 Expenditure(in rand) Frequency Cumulative frequency
Uitgawes(in rand) Frekwensie Kumulatiewe frekwensie
50 ≤ 𝑥 < 100 24 24
76 ; 90
100 ≤ 𝑥 < 150 52 76

150 ≤ 𝑥 < 200 14 90  96 ; 100

200 ≤ 𝑥 < 250 𝟔 96

250 ≤ 𝑥 < 300 4 100

(2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
4 com MDE/September 2024

NSC Marking Guideline

2.2  Correct points

 Grounding
 Shape

(3)

2.3 _  Method
_
(50  24)  (125  52)  (175  14)  (225  6)  (275  4)
x   100
100
12600

100
 Answer
126
(3)
[8]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
5 com MDE/September 2024

NSC Marking Guideline

QUESTION 3 / VRAAG 3
A(1 ; 3)

B(  2 ; 0)

C( p ;  4)

3.1.1 30  substitution

mAB  1
1  (2)
 answer

(2)

3.1.2 AC2  ( p  1) 2  (4  3) 2  dist formula used

 ( 50) 2  p 2  2 p  1  49  correct substitution
 50  p  2 p  50
2
 standard form
 0  p2  2 p
 0  p( p  2)
p  0 or p  2  working to p  2
p2 (4)

3.1.3 Midpoint of AB / Middelpunt van AB:  midpoint M

 2  1 0  3   1 3 
M ;    ; 
 2 2   2 2
Gradient of  line through M:
 grad of  line
m  1
Equation of perp bisector / Vergelyking van middelloodlyn:
3  1
y   1 x  
2  2
3 1
 y   x   sub into formula
2 2
 y  x 1
 y  x 1
(4)

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
6 com MDE/September 2024

NSC Marking Guideline

3.1.4 D(5 ;  1)  xD  5
 yD  1

(2)

3.1.5 ˆ B
B ˆ  90 ABCD is a rectangle / reghoek ˆ B
 B ˆ  90
1 2 1 2

AC is a diameter / middellyn

Centre is the midpoint of AC/Middelpunt van sirkel is middelpunt 3 1
van AC.   ; 
2 2
 1  2 4  3   3 1
 ;  ; 
 2 2  2 2
50
Radius is half of the length of AC/Radius is helfte van AC:  r 
2
50
r
2
Equation of circle / Vergelyking van sirkel:
2
1   50 
2 2
 3 
 x    y      equation of circle
 2  2   2 
2 2 (4)
 3  1 25
 x     y   
 2  2 2

3.1.6 Â1   alt  s  ; AB || CD  Â1  

ˆ m
tan B 1 AB
ˆ 1
 tan B1  B̂1  45
 B̂1  45
4  3  mAC  7
tan Eˆ 1  mAC   7
2 1
 tan Eˆ 1  7  Ê1  98,13010235
 Ê1  98,13010235
   53
  98,13010235  45
(5)
  53

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
7 com MDE/September 2024

NSC Marking Guideline

3.2 3 x  by  2 3 2
 y  x
 by  3 x  2 b b
3 2
y  x  equating equations
b b Stel vergelykings gelyk
3 2 2
 x  x2
b b 3  substituting x  3
9 x  6  2bx  6b
Substitute x  3 :
9(3)  6  2b(3)  6b
 27  6  6b  6b 7
 b
 21  12b 4
21 7
b   (4)
12 4

[24]

QUESTION 4 / VRAAG 4

Q(4 ; 3)

4.1 x 2  12 x  y 2  9 y  50  0  ( x  6) 2
2
81
 x  12 x  36  y  9 y   50  36 
2 2 81  9
 y 
4 4  2
2
 9 25 25
 ( x  6)   y   
2 
 2 4 4
(3)

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
8 com MDE/September 2024

NSC Marking Guideline

4.2 3 3
mOB   mOB 
4 4
4 4
 mAB    mAB  
3 3
4
y  3   ( x  4)  substitution of point
3
4 16
 y 3   x
3 3  equation
4 25 (4)
y  x
3 3

4.3 5  r
5
Circumference of small  2    5
2 2
Circumference of large  2(5)  10  r 5
 5; 10
Two revolutions / Twee omwentelings .  two revolutions (4)
4.4  25   25  25
A0 ;  B ; 0  OA 
 3   4  3
25
25 25  OB 
 OA  and OB  4
3 4
 calculating area (3)
1 25 25 625
Area AOB     units 2
2 4 3 24

4.5 Q(4 ; 3) C( 4 ; 3)  C(4 ; 3)

 CQ  8 units  CQ  8 (2)

[16]

QUESTION 5 / VRAAG 5

5.1.1
p 2  y 2  12
1  y  1 p2
y  1  p2 1 p 2

21  tan 21

tan 201  tan180  21 p

= tan 21
1  p2

p

(3)
Copyright reserved Please turn over
 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
9 com MDE/September 2024

NSC Marking Guideline

1  p2
=
p

sin 42  sin 2(21)  sin 2(21)

5.1.2
 2 sin 21 cos 21

= 2 1 p 2  p    Identity

= 2 p 1  p2  Answer.
(3)
       
5.1.3 cos(30  21 )  cos 30 cos 21  sin 30 sin 21  cos(30  21 )


2
3
( p) 
1
2
1 p2    Compound angle

 Substitution
p 3  1 p2
  Answer (3)
2

sin 210 cos 510

5.2
cos 315 sin(135)   sin 30
  cos 30
( sin 30)(cos150)
  cos 45
(cos 45)( sin 135)   sin 45
(  sin 30)( cos 30)
 1
(cos 45)( sin 45)  
2
 1   3 
    2
 2   2   
 2
 2  2
   
 2  2 
    
3
3 2
 (7)
2
cos  cos 2  2
5.3
3 sin  sin 2  2 cos2   1
cos  (2 cos2   1)  2  2 sin cos

3 sin  2 sin cos
cos  2 cos2   1  2

sin (3  2 cos )  3  cos  2 cos2 
3  cos  2 cos2 

sin (3  2 cos )
(3  2 cos )(1  cos )  ( 3  2 cos )(1  cos )

sin (3  2 cos )
1  cos  sin  (3  2 cos )

sin (5)
 RHS

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
10 com MDE/September 2024

NSC Marking Guideline

3 3 3  3 
5.4 sin sin  cos cos    cos   
2 2 2  2 
3 3 3
cos cos  sin sin 
2 2 2
 3  3
cos    
 2  2
  3
cos   
2 2 
𝜃 𝜃   150  k .360
= 150° + 𝑘. 360° 𝑘 ∈ ℤ 𝑂𝑅 = −150° + 𝑘. 360𝑘 ∈ ℤ 2
2 2  𝜃 = 300° + 𝑘. 720°
𝜃 = 300° + 𝑘. 720°𝑘 ∈ ℤ 𝜃 = −300° + 𝑘. 720°𝑘 ∈ ℤ  −300° + 𝑘. 720° (4)
OR OR
𝑟𝑒𝑓 ∠ = 30°  3 
𝜃 𝜃  cos   
= 180° − 30° + 𝑘. 360°𝒐𝒓 = 180° + 30° + 𝑘. 360°𝑘 ∈ ℤ  2 
2 2
𝜃 = 300° + 𝑘. 720° 𝑘 ∈ ℤ 𝒐𝒓 𝜃 = 420° + 𝑘. 720° 𝑘 ∈ ℤ 
  180   k .360
2
 300° + 𝑘. 720°
 420° + 𝑘. 720° (4)
Maximum value is 1 and minimum value is −1  Answer (1)
5.5.1

Range of both graphs is/waardevers van beide grafieke:  𝜃 = 90°

5.5.2
−1 ≤ 𝑦 ≤ 1  𝛽 = −180°
sin 𝜃. cos 𝛽 = −1  𝜃 = 270°
sin 𝜃 = 1 𝑎𝑛𝑑 cos 𝛽 = −1 𝑜𝑟 sin 𝜃 = −1 𝑎𝑛𝑑 cos 𝛽 = −1  𝛽 = 0° (4)
𝜃 = 90° 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛽 = −180° 𝑜𝑟 𝜃 = 270° 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛽 = 0°
[30]

QUESTION 6 / VRAAG 6

6.1 𝑓(𝑥)

 𝑥 − 𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑝𝑡𝑠
 𝑦 − 𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑝𝑡
 Shape.

𝑔(𝑥)
 𝑥 − 𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑝𝑡𝑠
 𝑦 − 𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑝𝑡
 Shape.

(6)

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
11 com MDE/September 2024

NSC Marking Guideline

6.2.1 360°  Answer (1)

6.2.2 0°  Answer
(1)
6.3.3 90° < 𝑥 < 150° OR 𝑥 ∈ (90°; 150°)  Notation
 Endpoints. (2)
[10]

QUESTION 7 / VRAAG 7
U

G
150° 8

𝜃
T V

7.1 ̂ G = 2𝜃
TU Answer. (1)
7.2 TG k  Sine rule.
 cos(90  2 ) 
TG
sin 2 sin 90 OR  sin 90  1
k
k sin 2  TG  1 OR
TG  Trig ratio.
TG  k sin 2 sin 2 
k  sin 2
 TG  k sin 2
(2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
12 com MDE/September 2024

NSC Marking Guideline

7.3 TV TG TV TG
  
sin150 sin

sin150 sin 


TV TG
 1
1 sin 
2 2
1
TG 1
TV  2 TG
sin  TV  2
sin 
1
( k sin 2 )
TV  2
sin
1
( 2k sin cos )  2 sin cos (4)
TV  2
sin
 TV  k cos
7.4 1  Substitution.
△ TGV = TG. GV sin 150°
2
1 1
= 𝑘 sin 2𝜃. 8.
2 2  Method.
= 2𝑘 sin 2𝜃
(2)
OR
1 OR
△ TGV = TV. GV. sin 𝜃
2  Substitution.
1
= 𝑘 cos 𝜃. 8. sin 𝜃
2
= 4 cos 𝜃. sin 𝜃  Method. (2)
= 2𝑘(2 cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃)
= 2𝑘 sin 2𝜃
[09]

QUESTION 8 / VRAAG 8

8.1

 construction

ˆ  2C
ˆ ˆ  2C
 O ˆ
O1  at centre  2   at circ 1

ˆ  2Aˆ ˆ  2A
 O ˆ
O 2  at centre  2   at circ 2

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
13 com MDE/September 2024

NSC Marking Guideline

ˆ O
O ˆ  2Cˆ  2A
ˆ
1 2
 Writing the statement
ˆ  2A
360  2C ˆ  s round a point
360  2Cˆ  2Aˆ and
180  Cˆ  Aˆ
hence Aˆ Cˆ  180
Aˆ  Cˆ  180  two correct reasons
(5)
8.2

65

35
65 55
35

8.2.1 R̂1  65 tan chord theorem  S /R (1)

8.2.2 Rˆ 3  Rˆ 4  90 tan  radius  S

 R̂ 4  55 R
(2)
8.2.3 Sˆ1  Sˆ 2  90  in semi-circle  S R
T̂  35 ext  of   S (3)

[11]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
14 com MDE/September 2024

NSC Marking Guideline

QUESTION 9 / VRAAG 9

D
O
3 1
2 2𝑥
B
M 12

21
3 4
E
C
9.1 𝑂̂1 = 𝐴̂ [∠ at the centre is = 2x ∠ at the circumference]
S R
2𝑥 = 𝐴̂
𝐴̂ = 𝑥
But 𝐴̂ = 𝐷̂ = 𝑥 [∠′𝑠 in the same segment]
 S R
̂ = 𝐶̂2 = 𝑥
𝐷 [∠′ 𝑠 opp = sides] S  R (6)
9.2 ̂2 = 90°
𝑀 [∠ from centre to midpoint of a chord] S R

∴ 𝑂̂2 = 90° − 𝑥 [sum of ∠′𝑠 in a △] R

(3)
9.3 𝑂̂2 = 90° − 𝑥 [proved in 9.2]

∴ 𝐶̂3 = 90° − 𝑥 [tan  rad] S  R

∴ 𝑂̂2 = 𝐶̂3 [ both = 90° − 𝑥] S

∴ EC is a tangent to circle passing through M, C & O. R (4)

Converse tan-chord theorem.
9.4 𝐶̂3 = 90° − 𝑥 [proven in 9.3]

𝑂̂3 = 180° − (90° − 𝑥) − 2𝑥 [∠′𝑠 on a straight line] S  R

∴ 𝑂̂3 = 90° − 𝑥

∴ 𝑂̂3 = 𝐶̂3 [both = 90° − 𝑥]

∴ DOCE is a cyclic quadrilateral.
Converse ∠′𝑠 in the same segment. R (3)
[16]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
15 com MDE/September 2024

NSC Marking Guideline

QUESTION 10/ VRAAG10

A D

1 G 4
2
1
2 C
4 3 3
1
2 H1 2
B 3
4

23
E 1
F

10.1.1 Tan-chord theorem  Answer

(1)
10.1.2 Corresp. s ; BF || AC  Answer
(1)
10.2.1 Ĉ 2  B̂3 alt.s ; AC || BF  S/R
 S/R
B̂3  Ĝ 3 s in the same segment S
Ĝ 3  F̂2 Alt.s; AC || BF
 B̂3  F̂2 both  Ĝ 
3
R
(4)
 BH  FH sides opp.  s
10.2.2 In ΔBEF and ΔDGF
Ê  Ĝ 4 [ext.  of cyclic quad. ]  S/R

B̂ 4  Â [alt. s; AC || BF]  S/R

  D̂ [ s in the same segment]
 B̂ 4  Â
F̂1  F̂3 [sum of s in a  ] R
ΔBEF ||| ΔDGF [  ] (3)
Copyright reserved Please turn over
 Downloaded
Mathematics/P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
16 com MDE/September 2024

NSC Marking Guideline

10.2.3 B̂ 2  F̂3 [ s in the same segment]  S/R

Ĥ 2  Ĥ 4 [vert. opp s ]
 S/R
 Ĝ 2  Ĉ3 [sum of s in a  ]
ΔBGH ||| ΔFCH [  ] R
BG BH
 S
FC FH
 FH.BG  BH.FC (4)
[13]

TOTAL/ TOTAAL: 150

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com

FURTHER EDUCATION
AND TRAINING

GRADE 12

MATHEMATICS P2

AUGUST 2024 (PRE TRIAL)

MARKS: 150

TIME: 3 HOURS

This question paper consists of 12 pages, 1 information sheet and an answer book.

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 2 com MDE/August 2024
NSC
INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION

Read the following instructions carefully before answering the questions.

1. The question paper consists of 10 questions.

2. Answer ALL the questions in the special ANSWER BOOK.

3. Clearly show ALL calculations, diagrams, graphs, etc. which you have used in determining the
answers.

4. Answers only will NOT necessarily be awarded full marks.

5. You may use an approved scientific calculator (non-programmable and non-graphical) unless
stated otherwise.

6. If necessary, round off answers to TWO decimal places, unless stated otherwise.

7. Diagrams are NOT necessarily drawn to scale.

8. Write neatly and legibly.

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 3 com MDE/August 2024
NSC
QUESTION 1
A group of 9 students attended a course in Statistics on Saturdays over a period of 10 months. The
number of Saturdays on which a student was absent was recorded below and the scatterplot is drawn
for the data.

Number of Saturdays absent 0 1 2 2 3 3 5 6 7

Final mark (%) 96 91 78 83 75 55 70 68 56

Ogive
120

100

80
Final mark (%)

60

40

20

0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Number of Saturdays absent

1.1 Determine the equation of the least squares regression line. (3)
1.2 Draw the least squares regression line on the grid provided on the given ANSWER (2)
BOOK.
1.3 Calculate the correlation coefficient. (1)
1.4 Comment on the strength of the correlation. (2)
1.5 If a student scored 52%, would it be accurate to predict that he or she was absent for 8
days? Motivate your answer. (3)
[11]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 4 com MDE/August 2024
NSC
QUESTION 2
2.1 A chess team consisting of 10 players scored the following points during the year.
23 34 39 40 42 53 56 62 68 76
2.1.1 Calculate the average score of the data. (2)
2.1.2 Calculate the standard deviation of the data. (1)
2.1.3 How many players whose scores lie within ONE standard deviation from the (3)
mean?

2.2 The data set contains a total of nine numbers. The second and third numbers of the data
set are the same and the fourth number is 32. The seventh and eighth numbers are
different. The eighth number is one more than the 75th percentile. The mean for the data
is 40.

Write down a possible list of nine numbers which will result in the above box and (6)
whisker plot.
[12]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 5 com MDE/August 2024
NSC
QUESTION 3
The figure below represents ∆𝐴𝐵𝐶 with 𝐴(3; 8), 𝐵(17; 6)𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐶(5; −6). The altitude AD cuts the
median BM at P.

Determine:
3.1 the coordinates of M, the midpoint of AC. (2)
3.2 the length of MB. (2)
3.3 the equation of the median, BM. (4)
3.4 If CE is drawn parallel to AB such that ABEC is a parallelogram and E is in the 4th (2)
quadrant, determine the x  coordinate of E.
3.5 the equation of the altitude AD. (3)
3.6 the coordinates of P. (4)
[17]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 6 com MDE/August 2024
NSC

QUESTION 4
In the diagram below, the large circle with centre A, has the equation 𝑥 2 − 2𝑥 + 𝑦 2 + 6𝑦 = 15.
A smaller circle with the equation (𝑥 − 1)2 + (𝑦 − 𝑏)2 = 1, touches the larger circle at E.
The larger circle cuts the 𝑥-axis at B and C. The area of the triangle ∆𝐴𝐵𝐶 is shaded.

4.1 Determine the coordinates of the centre A, and the radius of the circle. (5)
4.2 Determine the coordinates of B and C. (4)
4.3 Determine the equation of the tangent to the larger circle at C. (4)
4.4 Determine the value of 𝑏. (2)
4.5 Determine the size of 𝜃 rounded off to one decimal place. Assume that 𝜃 is an obtuse (4)
angle.
4.6 Determine the area of the unshaded part of the larger circle. (4)
[23]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 7 com MDE/August 2024
NSC

QUESTION 5
5.1 5
If sin 𝜃 = − 𝑎𝑛𝑑 cos 𝜃 < 0, calculate without using a calculator and with the aid of a
13

diagram the value of:

5.1.1 sin 2𝜃 (5)
5.1.2 cos(𝜃 + 30°) (4)

5.2 Evaluate without using a calculator:

sin 35° cos 35° (5)
tan 225° cos 200°

1 − tan 𝐴 cos 2𝐴
5.3 Given that: =
1 + tan 𝐴 1 + sin 2𝐴
5.3.1 Prove the identity. (4)
5.3.2 Hence, without using a calculator, determine the value of:
1 − tan 22,5° (3)
1 + tan 22,5°

5.4 Given: 𝑃 = √sin 𝑥 . cos 𝑥

5.4.1 Determine the maximum value of P. (2)
5.4.2 Determine the general solution of sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥 = −0,24 (5)
[28]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 8 com MDE/August 2024
NSC

QUESTION 6
The graphs of 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝑥 + 𝑞 and g(𝑥) = 𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝑏𝑥 are sketched below for 𝑥 ∈ [−90°; 90°]:

6.1 Determine:
6.1.1 the value of 𝑞 if 𝑓 touches the 𝑥-axis at the origin. (1)
6.1.2 the amplitude of 𝑓. (1)
6.1.3 the value of 𝑏 if the period of g is half the period of 𝑓. (1)
6.1.4 the coordinates of the 𝑥-intercept of g. (2)

6.2 Use the graphs to determine the values of 𝑥 in the interval 𝑥 ∈ [−90°; 90°] for which:
𝑥. 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) < 0. (3)
[8]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 9 com MDE/August 2024
NSC

QUESTION 7
A telephone cable is to be created between 2 cliff sides AD and BE. An engineer stands at point
C in the same horizontal plane as the foot of the cliffs. He measures the angle of E from C and D
to be 𝜃 and 𝛼 respectively. Cliff DA is 𝑦 metres and 𝑥 metres from the foot of cliff BE.

7.1 Show that the length of the telephone cable is given by:
𝑥𝑡𝑎𝑛𝜃 − 𝑦 (5)
𝐷𝐸 =
𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝛼

7.2 If 𝑥 = 1000𝑚, 𝑦 = 250𝑚 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝜃 = 𝛼 = 45°. Calculate the distance between the
cliffs? (3)
[8]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 10 com MDE/August 2024
NSC

QUESTION 8
8.1 In the diagram below, O, is the centre of the circle and ABC is chord. OB ⏊ ABC.

Prove the theorem which states that 𝐴𝐵 = 𝐵𝐶. (5)

8.2 PR is a chord of a circle with centre M and radius r. The perpendicular line from M on PR
intersects PR at N and the circle at Q. PR = 120𝑚𝑚, MN = 𝑥 and QN = 20𝑚𝑚.

8.2.1 Write down 𝑟 in terms of 𝑥. (1)

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 11 com MDE/August 2024
NSC
8.2.2 Hence calculate the numerical value of 𝑟, the radius of the circle. (6)
[12]

QUESTION 9
⃦ 𝐵 and 𝐶𝐴̂𝐹 = 𝑥. Chord AB is
FA and FB are tangents to the circle ABC with 𝐵𝐶 = 𝐴𝐶. 𝐹𝐷 𝐶
produced to D and chord AC is produced to meet DF at E. BC is joined.

9.1 Write down FIVE other angles equal to 𝑥. (9)

9.2 Hence deduce that:
9.2.1 ABEF is a cyclic quadrilateral. (2)
9.2.2 𝐴𝐹 = 𝐵𝐷 (2)
9.3 Prove that 𝐴𝐹: 𝐹𝐵 = 𝐷𝐸: 𝐴𝐸 (6)
[19]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 12 com MDE/August 2024
NSC

QUESTION 10
In the diagram below, F lies on lines ED and AB and G lies on lines ED and AC. DGFE is a
straight line and:
BFA ⃦DC , AB = 40cm , BC = 20cm , EF = 16cm , EB = 10cm and FB = 12cm

EF (2)
10.1 With reasons, determine the value of .
ED
10.2 Determine the length of ED. (2)
10.3 Without any reasons complete: ∆EFB⦀∆ … (1)
10.4 Hence, with reasons, determine the length of DC. (2)
3 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑜𝑓 ∆𝐸𝐹𝐵 1 (5)
10.5 Show that =
16 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑜𝑓 ∆𝐷𝐺𝐶 DG
[12]
TOTAL: 150

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
13 com MDE/August 2024
NSC

INFORMATION SHEET

−𝑏 ± √𝑏 2 − 4𝑎𝑐
𝑥=
2𝑎
𝐴 = 𝑃(1 + 𝑛𝑖) 𝐴 = 𝑃(1 − 𝑛𝑖) 𝐴 = 𝑃(1 − 𝑖)𝑛 𝐴 = 𝑃(1 + 𝑖)𝑛
𝑇𝑛 = 𝑎 + (𝑛 − 1)𝑑 𝑛
𝑆𝑛 = [2𝑎 + (𝑛 − 1)𝑑]
2
𝑇𝑛 = 𝑎𝑟 𝑛−1 𝑎(𝑟 𝑛 − 1)
𝑆𝑛 = ;𝑟 ≠ 1
𝑟−1
𝑎
𝑆∞ = ; −1 < 𝑟 < 1
1−𝑟
𝑥[(1 + 𝑖)𝑛 − 1] 𝑥[1 − (1 + 𝑖)−𝑛 ]
𝐹= 𝑃=
𝑖 𝑖
𝑓(𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑓(𝑥)
𝑓 ′ (𝑥) = lim
ℎ→0 ℎ
𝑑 = √(𝑥2 − 𝑥1 )2 + (𝑦2 − 𝑦1 )2 𝑥1 + 𝑥2 𝑦1 + 𝑦2
𝑀( ; )
2 2
𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥 + 𝑐 𝑦 − 𝑦1 = 𝑚(𝑥 − 𝑥1 ) 𝑦2 − 𝑦1
𝑚= 𝑚 = tan 𝜃
𝑥2 − 𝑥1

(𝑥 − 𝑎)2 + (𝑦 − 𝑏)2 = 𝑟 2
𝑎 𝑏 𝑐
𝐼𝑛 △ 𝐴𝐵𝐶: = =
sin 𝐴 sin 𝐵 sin 𝐶
𝑎2 = 𝑏 2 + 𝑐 2 − 2𝑏𝑐. cos 𝐴
1
𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎 △ 𝐴𝐵𝐶 = 𝑎𝑏. sin 𝐶
2
sin(𝛼 + 𝛽) = sin 𝛼 . cos 𝛽 + cos 𝛼 . sin 𝛽 sin(𝛼 − 𝛽) = sin 𝛼 . cos 𝛽 − cos 𝛼 . sin 𝛽

cos(𝛼 + 𝛽) = cos 𝛼 . cos 𝛽 − sin 𝛼 sin 𝛽 cos(𝛼 − 𝛽) = cos 𝛼 . cos 𝛽 + sin 𝛼 sin 𝛽
cos 2𝛼 = 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝛼 − 𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝛼 sin 2𝛼 = 2 sin 𝛼 cos 𝛼
= 1 − 2𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝛼
= 2𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝛼 − 1 𝑛

∑ 𝑓𝑥 ∑(𝑥1 − 𝑥)2
𝑥̅ = 𝜎2 = 𝑖=1
𝑛
n
𝑛(𝐴) 𝑃(𝐴 𝑜𝑟 𝐵) = 𝑃(𝐴) + 𝑃(𝐵) − 𝑃(𝐴 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐵)
𝑃(𝐴) =
𝑛(𝑆)
𝑦̂ = 𝑎 + 𝑏𝑥 ∑(𝑥 − 𝑥̅ )(𝑦 − 𝑦̅)
𝑏=
∑(𝑥 − 𝑥̅ )2

Copyright reserved
 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com

FURTHER EDUCATION
AND TRAINING

GRADE 12

MATHEMATICS P2

AUGUST 2024 (PRE -TRIAL)

MARKING GUIDELINE

MARKS: 150

This question paper consists of 13 pages.

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 2 com MDE/August 2024
NSC
NOTE:

 If a candidate answered a question TWICE, mark only the FIRST attempt.

 If a candidate crossed out an answer and did not redo it, mark the crossed-out
answer.
 Consistent accuracy applies to ALL aspects of the marking guidelines.
 Assuming values/ answers to solve a problem is unacceptable.
QUESTION 1
1.1 𝐴 = 90,375  𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝐴
𝐵 = −4,875  𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝐵
𝑦̂ = 90,38 − 4,88𝑥  𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛
(3)
1.2

Ogive
 𝑦-intercept
120
 𝑝𝑎𝑠𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑡ℎ𝑟𝑜𝑢𝑔ℎ
100
𝑚𝑒𝑎𝑛 𝑝𝑡 (3,2; 74,67))
Final mark (%)

80
(2)
60

40

20

0
0 2 4 6 8
Number of Saturdays absent

1.3 𝑟 = −0,80  𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑤𝑒𝑟

(1)
1.4 Negative strong correlation  𝑛𝑒𝑔𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒
 𝑠𝑡𝑟𝑜𝑛𝑔 (2)
1.5 52 = 90,38 − 4,88𝑥  52 = 90,38 − 4,88𝑥
𝑥 = 7,86  𝑥 = 7,86
It is accurate since 7, 86 is closer to 8.  𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑐𝑙𝑢𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛
OR (3)

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 3 com MDE/August 2024
NSC
y  90,38  4,88(8)  y  90,38  4,88(8)
 51,34%  𝑦 = 51,34%
Which is closest to 52%
 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑐𝑙𝑢𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛
(3)
[11]

QUESTION 2
2.1.1 493 
493
𝑥̅ = 10
10
 𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑤𝑒𝑟 (2)
= 49,3
AO: Full Marks
2.1.2 𝜎𝑥 = 15,67  𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑤𝑒𝑟 (1)
2.1.3 (𝑥̅ − 𝜎𝑥 ; 𝑥̅ + 𝜎𝑥 )  𝑠𝑢𝑏𝑠𝑡𝑖𝑡𝑢𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛
= (49,3 − 15,67 ; 49,3 + 15,67)  𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑣𝑎𝑙
= (33,67 ; 64,97)  3
7 𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑦𝑒𝑟𝑠 (3)
2.2 10 𝑥 𝑥 32 45 𝑦 51 53 80  𝑥 = 20
𝑥 = 20  51
𝑦 + 312  53
= 40
9  312
312 + 𝑦 = 360 𝑦+312

9
= 40
𝑦 = 49
 𝑦 = 49 (6)
[12]

QUESTION 3
3.1 3+5 8−6  𝑥=4
𝑀( ; )
2 2
 𝑦=1 (2)
= 𝑀(4; 1)
3.2 𝑀𝐵 = √(17 − 4)2 + (6 − 1)2  𝑠𝑢𝑏𝑠𝑡𝑖𝑡𝑢𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛

= √194 ≈ 13,93  𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑤𝑒𝑟 (2)

3.3 6−1 5  𝑠𝑢𝑏𝑠𝑡

𝑚𝑀𝐵 = =
17−4 13

5  𝑔𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑖𝑒𝑛𝑡
1= (4) + 𝑐
13  𝑠𝑢𝑏𝑠𝑡 𝑀(4; 1)𝑜𝑟 𝐵(17; 6)
 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛
Copyright reserved Please turn over
 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 4 com MDE/August 2024
NSC
7 (4)
𝑐=−
13 OR
5 7
𝑦= 𝑥−  𝑠𝑢𝑏𝑠𝑡
13 13
OR  𝑔𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑖𝑒𝑛𝑡

6−1 5  𝑠𝑢𝑏𝑠𝑡 𝑀(4; 1)𝑜𝑟 𝐵(17; 6)

𝑚𝑀𝐵 = =
17 − 4 13  𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛
5 (4)
𝑦−6= (𝑥 − 17)
13
5 7
𝑦= 𝑥−
13 13
3.4 5  17  𝑠𝑢𝑏𝑠𝑡
 11
2  𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑤𝑒𝑟 (2)
3  x2
11 
2
x2  19
 x  19

3.5 𝑚𝐴𝐷 = −1  𝑚𝐴𝐷 = −1

𝑦 = −𝑥 + 𝑐  𝑠𝑢𝑏𝑠𝑡 𝑔𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝑎𝑛𝑑 (3; 8)
8 = −3 + 𝑐  𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛
𝑐 = 11 (3)
∴ 𝑦 = −𝑥 + 11 OR
OR  𝑚𝐴𝐷 = −1
𝑚𝐴𝐷 = −1  𝑠𝑢𝑏𝑠𝑡 𝑔𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝑎𝑛𝑑 (3; 8)
𝑦 − 8 = −(𝑥 − 3)  𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛
∴ 𝑦 = −𝑥 + 11 (3)
3.6 5 7  𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑛𝑔
𝑥− = −𝑥 + 11
13 13  18𝑥 = 150
5𝑥 − 7 = −13𝑥 + 143
 𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑥
18𝑥 = 150
 𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑦
25 8
𝑥= 𝑦= (4)
3 3
25 8
∴ 𝑃( ; )
3 3

[17]

QUESTION 4
Copyright reserved Please turn over
 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 5 com MDE/August 2024
NSC
4.1 𝑥 2 − 2𝑥 + 1 + 𝑦 2 + 6𝑦 + 9 = 15 + 1 + 9  (𝑥 − 1)2 + (𝑦 + 3)2
(𝑥 − 1)2 + (𝑦 + 3)2 = 25  25
𝐴(1; −3)  𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑥
𝑟=5  𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑦
 𝑟=5 (5)
4.2 𝑙𝑒𝑡 𝑦 = 0  𝑦=0
𝑥 2 − 2𝑥 = 15  𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑑𝑎𝑟𝑑 𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑚
𝑥 2 − 2𝑥 − 15 = 0  𝐵(−3; 0)
(𝑥 + 3)(𝑥 − 5) = 0  𝐶(5; 0)
𝑥 = −3 𝑜𝑟 𝑥 = 5 (4)
𝐵(−3; 0) 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐶(5; 0)
𝐎𝐑 OR
(𝑥 − 1)2 + (0 + 3)2 = 25  𝑦=0
(𝑥 − 1)2 = 16  (𝑥 − 1)2 = 16
𝑥 − 1 = ±4  𝐵(−3; 0)
𝑥 = −3 𝑜𝑟 𝑥 = 5  𝐶(5; 0)
𝐵(−3; 0) and 𝐶(5; 0) (4)
4.3 0 − (−3)  𝑚𝐴𝐶 =
3
𝑚𝐴𝐶 = 4
5−1
4
3  𝑚𝑡𝑎𝑛 = −
3
=
4  𝑠𝑢𝑏𝑠𝑡 𝐶(5; 0)
4 4 20
𝑚𝑡𝑎𝑛 = −  𝑦=− 𝑥+
3 3 3
4
𝑦 − 0 = − (𝑥 − 5)
3 (4)
4 20
∴𝑦=− 𝑥+
3 3
4.4 𝑟1 + 𝑟2 = 6  6
−3 − 𝑏 = 6  𝑏 = −9
𝑏 = −9 (2)
4.5 𝐵𝐶 = 8  𝐵𝐶 = 8
(8)2 = (5)2 + (5)2 − 2(5)(5) cos 𝜃  𝑠𝑢𝑏𝑠𝑡𝑖𝑡𝑢𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛
7  cos 𝜃 = −
7
cos 𝜃 = − 25
25
 𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑤𝑒𝑟
𝜃 = 106,3°
(4)
𝑶𝑹

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 6 com MDE/August 2024
NSC
−3 − 0 OR
𝑚𝐴𝐵 =
1 − (−3)
3 3
=−  tan 𝛼 = −
4 4

3  143,13°
tan 𝛼 = −
4 3
 tan 𝛽 =
4
𝛼 = 143,13°
 𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑤𝑒𝑟
3
tan 𝛽 = (4)
4
𝛽 = 36,87°
𝜃 = 106,3°
OR OR
3
tan 𝛽 = 3
4  tan 𝛽 =
4
𝛽 = 36,87°  ∴ 𝐵𝐶̂ 𝐴 = 36,87°
∴ 𝐵𝐶̂ 𝐴 = 36,87°  𝐴𝐵̂ 𝐶 = 36,87°
𝐴𝐵̂ 𝐶 = 36,87° ⃓ < 𝑠 𝑜𝑝𝑝 = 𝑠𝑖𝑑𝑒𝑠  𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑤𝑒𝑟
∴ 𝜃 = 106,3° ⃓ 𝑠𝑢𝑚 𝑜𝑓 < 𝑠 𝑜𝑓 ∆𝐴𝐵𝐶 (4)
4.6 1  𝑠𝑢𝑏𝑠𝑡𝑖𝑡𝑢𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛
area∆ABC = (8)(3)
2  12
= 12
 25𝜋
area of circle = π(5)2 = 25π
 𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑤𝑒𝑟
area unshaded = 25π − 12
(4)
= 66,54 units2
OR
OR
1
area∆ABC = (5)(5) sin 106,3°  𝑠𝑢𝑏𝑠𝑡𝑖𝑡𝑢𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛
2
= 12,00  12

area of circle = π(5)2 = 25π  25𝜋

area unshaded area = 25π − 12  𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑤𝑒𝑟

(4)
= 66,54 units2
[23]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 7 com MDE/August 2024
NSC

QUESTION 5
5.1.1

𝑥 2 + (−5)2 = (13)2

𝑥 2 = 144
 3𝑟𝑑 𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑑
𝑥 = −12
 𝑥 = −12
 2 sin  cos 
sin 2  2 sin  cos   Substution
  5   12  
 2   Answer
 13  13 
(5)
120

169
5.1.2 cos(𝜃 + 30°) = cos 𝜃 cos 30° − sin 𝜃 sin 30°  𝑒𝑥𝑝𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛
12 √3 5 1 12 5
= (− ) ( ) − (− ) ( )  𝑠𝑢𝑏𝑠𝑡 − 𝑎𝑛𝑑 −
13 2 13 2 13 13

−12√3+5 √3 1
=  𝑠𝑢𝑏𝑠𝑡 2
𝑎𝑛𝑑
2
26
 𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑤𝑒𝑟 (4)
5.2 sin 35° cos 35°  tan 45°
tan 225° cos 200°  − sin 70°
sin 35° cos 35°
=  −1
tan 45°(− sin 70°)
 2 sin 35° cos 35°
sin 35° cos 35°
= 1
(−1) sin 70°)  −
2
sin 35° cos 35°
=
(−1)2 sin 35° cos 35°
(5)
1
=− OR
2
OR  tan 45°

sin 35° cos 35° 2  − cos 20°

×
tan 45°(− cos 20°) 2  −1
sin 70°  sin 70° 𝑖𝑛 𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑜𝑟
=
2(−1) cos 20°  sin 70° 𝑖𝑛 𝑑𝑒𝑛𝑜𝑚𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑜𝑟
sin 70°
= (5)
−2 sin 70°
Copyright reserved Please turn over
 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 8 com MDE/August 2024
NSC
1
=−
2
5.3.1 1−tan 𝐴 sin 𝐴
𝐿𝐻𝑆: 
1+tan 𝐴 cos 𝐴

1−
sin 𝐴 cos 𝐴−sin 𝐴
= cos 𝐴 
sin 𝐴 cos 𝐴+sin 𝐴
1+
cos 𝐴
 cos 2 𝐴 − sin2 𝐴
cos 𝐴−sin 𝐴 cos 𝐴+sin 𝐴
= ×
cos 𝐴+sin 𝐴 cos 𝐴−sin 𝐴  cos 2 𝐴 + 2 cos 𝐴 sin 𝐴 +
cos2 𝐴−sin2 𝐴
= sin2 𝐴
cos2 𝐴+2 cos 𝐴 sin 𝐴+sin2 𝐴
cos 2𝐴 (4)
= = RHS
1+sin 2𝐴

OR
OR
1 − tan 𝐴
1 + tan 𝐴
sin 𝐴
1−
sin 𝐴 
cos 𝐴
= cos 𝐴
sin 𝐴
1+ cos 𝐴−sin 𝐴
cos 𝐴

cos 𝐴−sin 𝐴 cos 𝐴+sin 𝐴
=
cos 𝐴+sin 𝐴
cos 2𝐴
𝑅𝐻𝑆:
1+sin 2𝐴
cos2 𝐴−sin2 𝐴 cos2 𝐴−sin2 𝐴
= 
1+2 sin 𝐴 cos 𝐴 1+2 sin 𝐴 cos 𝐴

cos2 𝐴−sin2 𝐴
= (cos 𝐴−sin 𝐴)(cos 𝐴+sin 𝐴)
sin2 𝐴+cos2 𝐴+2 sin 𝐴 cos 𝐴 
(sin 𝐴+cos 𝐴)(sin 𝐴+cos 𝐴)
(cos 𝐴−sin 𝐴)(cos 𝐴+sin 𝐴)
= (sin 𝐴+cos 𝐴)(sin 𝐴+cos 𝐴)
(4)
cos 𝐴−sin 𝐴
=
cos 𝐴+sin 𝐴

LHS = RHS
5.3.2 1−tan 22,5° cos 45°

1+tan 22,5° 1+sin 45°
cos 45° √2
= 2
1+sin 45°  √2
1+
√2 2

= 2
√2  𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑤𝑒𝑟
1+
2
(3)
√2
= 2+√2 or − 1 + √2

5.4.1 2 sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥 2 sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥

𝑃=√  𝑃=√
2 2

1
= √ sin 2𝑥  Answer
2
(2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 9 com MDE/August 2024
NSC
1
∴ 𝑚𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑚𝑢𝑚 {√sin 𝑥 . cos 𝑥} =
2
5.4.2 sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥 = −0,24  sin 2𝑥 = −0,48
sin 2𝑥 = −0,48  2𝑥 = 208,69° + 𝑘360°
Ref <: 2𝑥 = 28,69°  𝑥 = 104,35° + 𝑘180°
2𝑥 = 208,69° + 𝑘360°; 𝑘 ∈ 𝑍  𝑥 = 104,35° + 𝑘180°
𝑥 = 104,35° + 𝑘180°  𝑘∈𝑍
Or (5)
2𝑥 = 331,31° + 𝑘360°
𝑥 = 165,66° + 𝑘180°
OR OR
sin 2𝑥 = −0,48  sin 2𝑥 = −0,48
2𝑥 = −28,69° + 𝑘360°; 𝑘 ∈ 𝑍  2𝑥 = −28,69° + 𝑘360°
𝑥 = −14,35° + 𝑘180°  𝑥 = −14,35° + 𝑘180°
or  𝑥 = −75,66° + 𝑘180°
2𝑥 = −151,31° + 𝑘360°  𝑘∈𝑍
𝑥 = −75,66° + 𝑘180° (5)
[28]

QUESTION 6
6.1.1 𝑦 = −1  𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑤𝑒𝑟 (1)
6.1.2 𝑎𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑖𝑡𝑢𝑑𝑒 = 1  𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑤𝑒𝑟 (1)
6.1.3 𝑏 = 2  𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑤𝑒𝑟 (1)
6.1.4 (−45°; 0) 𝑎𝑛𝑑 (45°; 0)  (−45°; 0)
 (45°; 0) (2)
6.2 −90° ≤ 𝑥 < 0 𝑜𝑟 0° < 𝑥 ≤ 90°  − 90° ≤ 𝑥 < 0
 0° < 𝑥 ≤ 90° (3)
[8]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 10 com MDE/August 2024
NSC

QUESTION 7

𝛼 F
D

A B

C
𝐸𝐵
7.1 𝐼𝑛 ∆𝐵𝐶𝐸:  tan 𝜃 =
𝑥
𝐸𝐵
tan 𝜃 =  𝐸𝐵 = 𝑥 tan 𝜃
𝑥
𝐸𝐹
𝐸𝐵 = 𝑥 tan 𝜃  𝐷𝐸 =
sin 𝛼

𝐼𝑛 ∆𝐷𝐸𝐹:  𝐵𝐹 = 𝑦
𝐸𝐹  𝐸𝐹 = 𝐸𝐵 − 𝑦
sin 𝛼 =
𝐷𝐸
𝐸𝐹
𝐷𝐸 = (5)
sin 𝛼

𝐵𝐹 = 𝐴𝐷 = 𝑦 ⃓ 𝑠𝑖𝑑𝑒𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑒𝑠
𝐸𝐹 = 𝐸𝐵 − 𝑦
= 𝑥 tan 𝜃 − 𝑦
𝑥 tan 𝜃 − 𝑦
𝐷𝐸 = Q. E. D
sin 𝛼
7.2 𝐷𝐹 2 = 𝐷𝐸 2 − 𝐸𝐹 2 ⃓ 𝑃𝑦𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑔𝑜𝑟𝑎𝑠  𝑠𝑢𝑏𝑠𝑡 𝑔𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑛 𝑖𝑛𝑓𝑜
𝑥 tan 𝜃 − 𝑦 2  𝑠𝑢𝑏𝑠𝑡 𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑜 𝑃𝑦𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑔𝑜𝑟𝑎𝑠
𝐷𝐹 2 = ( ) − (𝑥 tan 𝜃 − 𝑦)2
sin 𝛼  𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑤𝑒𝑟
1000 tan 45°−250 2
=( ) − (1000 tan 45° − 250)2 (3)
sin 45°

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 11 com MDE/August 2024
NSC
∴ 𝐷𝐹 = 750𝑚
OR OR
𝐸𝐹  tan 𝛼 =
𝐸𝐹
tan 𝛼 = 𝐷𝐹
𝐷𝐹
𝐸𝐹  𝑠𝑢𝑏𝑠𝑡𝑖𝑡𝑢𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛
𝐷𝐹 =
tan 𝛼  𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑤𝑒𝑟
DF (3)
𝑥 tan 𝛼−𝑦 cos  
𝐷𝐹 = or DE
tan 𝛼
DF  DE cos 
1000 tan 45°−250
=
tan 45°

∴ 𝐷𝐹 = 750𝑚
[8]

QUESTION 8

8.1 𝐼𝑛 ∆𝑂𝐵𝐶 𝑎𝑛𝑑 ∆𝑂𝐵𝐴:  𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑠𝑡𝑟𝑢𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛

𝑂𝐵̂ 𝐶 = 𝑂𝐵̂ 𝐴 [𝑏𝑜𝑡ℎ = 90  ]  𝑆/𝑅
𝑂𝐴 = 𝑂𝐶 [ 𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑖𝑖]  𝑆/𝑅
𝑂𝐵 = 𝑂𝐵 [𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑚𝑜𝑛]  ∴ ∆𝑂𝐵𝐶 ≡ ∆𝑂𝐵𝐴 [𝑅𝐻𝑆]
∴ ∆𝑂𝐵𝐶 ≡ ∆𝑂𝐵𝐴 [𝑅𝐻𝑆]  𝐴𝐵 = 𝐵𝐶 [≡ ∆𝑠]
𝐴𝐵 = 𝐵𝐶 [≡ ∆𝑠] (5)

8.2

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 12 com MDE/August 2024
NSC

8.2.1 𝑟 = 𝑥 + 20  𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑤𝑒𝑟
(1)
8.2.2 𝑃𝑁 = 𝑁𝑅  S R
= 60 ⃓ 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝑓𝑟𝑜𝑚 𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑒 ⏊ 𝑡𝑜 𝑐ℎ𝑜𝑟𝑑
𝑃𝑀2 = 𝑃𝑁 2 + 𝑁𝑀2 ⃓ 𝑃𝑦𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑔𝑜𝑟𝑎𝑠  𝑠𝑢𝑏𝑠𝑡 𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑜 𝑃𝑦𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑔𝑜𝑟𝑎𝑠
(𝑥 + 20)2 = (60)2 + 𝑥 2  𝑥 2 + 40𝑥 + 400
𝑥 2 + 40𝑥 + 400 = 3600 + 𝑥 2  𝑥 = 80
40𝑥 = 3200  100
𝑥 = 80 (6)
𝑟 = 100𝑚𝑚
[12]

QUESTION 9

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 13 com MDE/August 2024
NSC

9.1 𝐵̂4 = 𝐴̂2 = 𝑥 [tan 𝑐ℎ𝑜𝑟𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑜𝑟𝑒𝑚]  𝑆  𝑅

𝐵̂4 = 𝐴̂1 = 𝑥 [  𝑠 𝑜𝑝𝑝 = 𝑠𝑖𝑑𝑒𝑠]  𝑆  𝑅
𝐵̂3 = 𝐴̂1 = 𝑥 [ tan 𝑐ℎ𝑜𝑟𝑑 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑜𝑟𝑒𝑚]  𝑆 𝑅
̂ = 𝐵̂4 = 𝑥 [𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑝  𝑠, 𝐵𝐶‖𝐷𝐹]
𝐷  𝑆|𝑅

𝐹̂
̂1 = 𝐵̂3 = 𝑥 [ 𝑎𝑙𝑡  𝑠, 𝐵𝐶‖𝐷𝐹]  𝑆|𝑅
(8)
9.2.1 𝐹̂
̂1 = 𝐴̂1 = 𝑥 [ 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑣𝑒𝑑]  𝑆
𝐴𝐵𝐸𝐹 𝑖𝑠 𝑎 𝑐𝑦𝑐𝑙𝑖𝑐 𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑑 [ 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑠𝑒  𝑠 𝑖𝑛 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑠𝑎𝑚𝑒 𝑠𝑒𝑔]  𝑅
(2)
9.2.2 A𝐹 = 𝐵𝐹 [𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑠 𝑓𝑟𝑜𝑚 𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑚𝑜𝑛 𝑝𝑡]  𝑆|𝑅
𝐵𝐷 = 𝐵𝐹 [  𝑠 𝑜𝑝𝑝 = 𝑠𝑖𝑑𝑒𝑠 ]  𝑆 𝑅
𝐴𝐹 = 𝐵𝐷 [= 𝐵𝐹] (3)
9.3 𝐼𝑛 𝛥𝐵𝐷𝐸 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛥𝐹𝐴𝐸:  𝛥𝐵𝐷𝐸 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛥𝐴𝐸𝐹
̂ = 𝐴̂2 = 𝑥 | 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑣𝑒𝑑
𝐷  𝑆
𝐵̂1 = 𝐹̂1 + 𝐹̂2 | 𝑒𝑥𝑡 < 𝑜𝑓 𝑐𝑦𝑐𝑙𝑖𝑐 𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑑  𝑆|𝑅
𝐸̂1 = 𝐸̂3 ⃓ 𝑖𝑛𝑡 < 𝑠 𝑜𝑓 ∆𝑠
∴ ∆𝐵𝐷𝐸 ⦀ △ 𝐹𝐴𝐸 |𝐴𝐴𝐴  𝐴𝐴𝐴
𝐵𝐷 𝐷𝐸  𝑆  𝑅
= | ⦀∆𝑠
𝐴𝐹 𝐴𝐸
𝑏𝑢𝑡 𝐵𝐷 = 𝐴𝐹 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐴𝐹 = 𝐵𝐹
𝐴𝐹 𝐴𝐹
∴ = (6)
𝐹𝐵 𝐴𝐸
[19]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 14 com MDE/August 2024
NSC
QUESTION 10

10.1 EF 𝐸𝐵  𝑆|𝑅
= [𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑝 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑜𝑟𝑒𝑚, 𝐹𝐵‖𝐷𝐶]
ED 𝐸𝐶 1
10 1
 (2)
3
= =
30 3
EF 𝐸𝐵 16 1
10.2 = [ 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑣𝑒𝑑]  =
ED 𝐸𝐶 𝐸𝐷 3
16 1  𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑤𝑒𝑟
=
𝐸𝐷 3
(2)
∴ 𝐸𝐷 = 48𝑐𝑚
10.3 ∆EFB⦀∆EDC  𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑤𝑒𝑟 (1)
𝐷𝐶 30
10.4 = [⦀∆𝑠]  𝑆|𝑅
12 10
 𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑤𝑒𝑟 (2)
∴ 𝐷𝐶 = 36𝑐𝑚
1 1
10.5 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎∆𝐸𝐹𝐵 (16)(10) sin 𝐸 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎∆𝐸𝐹𝐵 (16)(10) sin 𝐸
= 2
1  = 2
1
𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎∆𝐸𝐷𝐶 (48)(30) sin 𝐸 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎∆𝐸𝐷𝐶 (48)(30) sin 𝐸
2 2

1 1
= 
9 9
𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎∆𝐸𝐷𝐶 48 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎∆𝐸𝐷𝐶 48
𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎∆𝐷𝐺𝐶
= [𝑠𝑎𝑚𝑒 ℎ𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡, 𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑚𝑜𝑛 𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑡𝑒𝑥]  =
𝐷𝐺 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎∆𝐷𝐺𝐶 𝐷𝐺
𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎∆𝐸𝐹𝐵 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎∆𝐸𝐷𝐶 1 48 16  𝑚𝑢𝑙𝑡𝑖𝑝𝑙𝑦𝑖𝑛𝑔
× = × =
𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎∆𝐸𝐷𝐶 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎∆𝐷𝐺𝐶 9 𝐷𝐺 3𝐷𝐺
𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎∆𝐸𝐹𝐵 16
𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎∆𝐸𝐹𝐵 16  =
𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎∆𝐷𝐺𝐶
= 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎∆𝐷𝐺𝐶 3𝐷𝐺
3𝐷𝐺
3𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎∆𝐸𝐹𝐵 1 (5)
∴ =
16𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎∆𝐷𝐺𝐶 𝐷𝐺

[12]
TOTAL: 150

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
15 com MDE/August 2024
NSC

Copyright reserved
 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com

NATIONAL
SENIOR CERTIFICATE

GRADE 12

MATHEMATICS P2 (FINAL)

JUNE 2024

MARKS: 150

TIME: 3 HOURS

This question paper consists of 14 pages including 1 information sheet

and an answer book is provided.

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 2 com MDE/June 2024
NSC

INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION

Read the following instructions carefully before answering the questions.

1. The question paper consists of 10 questions.

2. Answer ALL the questions in the SPECIAL ANSWER BOOK provided.

3. Clearly show ALL calculations, diagrams, graphs, etc. which you have used in determining the
answers.

4. Answers only will NOT necessarily be awarded full marks.

5. You may use an approved scientific calculator (non-programmable and non-graphical) unless
stated otherwise.

6. If necessary, round off answers to TWO decimal places, unless stated otherwise.

7. Diagrams are NOT necessarily drawn to scale.

8. Write neatly and legibly.

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 3 com MDE/June 2024
NSC

QUESTION 1

Nine learners wrote a test out of 30 their marks are as follows

7 9 9 13 17 21 24 26 27

1.1 Write down the five number summary of the data. (4)

1.2 Draw a box and whisker diagram to represent the data. (3)

1.3 Comment on the skewness of the data. (1)

1.4 If a learner’s mark lies below one standard deviation from the mean, the learner must
attend an intervention class. How many learners will not attend the intervention class.
(2)

1.5 The teacher omitted a question with a total of two marks. Determine the actual

1.5.1 Standard deviation (1)

1.5.2 Mean (1)

1.5.3 Upper quartile (1)

[13]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 4 com MDE/June 2024
NSC

QUESTION 2

The ogive below shows the money collected by parents during a fundraising event at a school.

Ogive
70

60
Cumulative frequency

50

40

30

20

10

0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
Amount collected

2.1 How many parents were present. (1)

2.2 Write down the modal class. (1)

2.3 Estimate the number of parents that can contribute R1 900. (2)

2.4 Estimate the semi-interquartile range. (3)

[7]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 5 com MDE/June 2024
NSC

QUESTION 3

In the diagram below, PQRS is parallelogram with SP ∥ QR and vertices

P(a ; 5), Q(3 ; 0), R (1;  8) and S (1;3). SE ⊥ QR.
𝑦

𝛽 𝜃 𝑥
O

3.1 Determine the length of QR. (2)

3.2 Determine the gradient of QR. (2)

3.3 Determine the equation of SE (3)

3.4 Determine the equation of a circle passing through SER (3)

3.5 Calculate the value of a. (3)

3.6 Calculate the value of:

3.6.1 𝜃 (2)

3.6.2 ̂Q
SR (5)

3.7 Determine the area of PSRQ (3)

[23]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 6 com MDE/June 2024
NSC

QUESTION 4

A circle with equation x 2  2 x  y 2  2 y  4 has centre C. FAE is a tangent to the circle at A  3 ;1 with
EÂB  33 

E
𝑦

F B
𝑥
C

4.1 Determine the coordinates of C. (2)

4.2 Determine the equation of the tangent to the circle at A. (5)

4.3 Determine the value of k if y  x  k will be a secant to the circle. (3)

4.4 Calculate the size of AĈB . (4)

4.5 Another circle with equation  x  3   y  2   4 is drawn, will the two circles (4)
2 2

intersect
[18]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 7 com MDE/June 2024
NSC

QUESTION 5

5.1 Given cos 11   k . Determine the following in terms of k , without using a calculator.

5.1.1 sin 11  (2)

5.1.2 sin 22  (2)

5.1.3 cos 19  (3)

5.1.4 cos 5,5 (3)

5.2 Simplify the following expression without a calculator:

sin 25 cosx  180 sin 2 x

sin 2 90  x  cos 65 (5)

sin x  cos x sin x  cos x

5.3 Given:   2 tan 2 x
sin x  cos x cos x  sin x

5.3.1 Prove the identity. (5)

sin x  cos x sin x  cos x

5.3.2 For which values of x will  be undefined? (4)
sin x  cos x cos x  sin x

[24]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 8 com MDE/June 2024
NSC

QUESTION 6

Consider the functions: f ( x)  cos 2 x and g ( x)  sin  x  45  , where x   90  ;180 

6.1 On the same set of axis sketch the graphs of f and g (5)

6.2 Determine the general solution of f ( x)  g ( x). (4)

6.3 Determine the x  value(x) in the interval x  [0 ;180  ] for which:

6.3.1 f ( x)  g ( x) (2)

6.3.2 x f ( x). g ( x)  0 (2)

[13]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 9 com MDE/June 2024
NSC

QUESTION 7

AD represents a vertical tower, with A at the top and D at the foot of the tower. D is a point on the
tower below A. On the same horizontal level as C is point B, AB = k metres. CD̂B  2 and
AB̂D   .

D
2

C B

7.1 Show that CB  k . sin 2 θ

(7)

7.2 If k  10 units and θ  30  calculate the area of CBD

(4)
[11]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 10 com MDE/June 2024
NSC

Give reasons for your statements in QUESTIONS 8, 9 and 10.

QUESTION 8

8.1 In the diagram below O is the centre of the circle

.O
C

Prove that BÔC  2BÂC (5)

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 11 com MDE/June 2024
NSC

8.2 In the diagram below O is a centre of the circle with FE = AB and BO || CD. Oˆ 2  88  and
Dˆ  23  . Tangent PAS touches the circle at A.
2

A 3
2
1 E

4 O1
3 2
B 1

1
S 2 D
1 2
C

Determine with reasons the size of the following angles:

8.2.1 Ô 3 (2)

8.2.2 D̂1 (3)

8.2.3 Â1 (2)

8.2.4 Ĉ1 (2)

8.2.5 Ĉ 2 (2)
[16]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 12 com MDE/June 2024
NSC

QUESTION 9

In the diagram below TWSK lies on the the circumference of the circle, such that TW || SK with O
the centre on the circle. K 1  x

W
1 2
T
3
1
2
F1
43 2
.
2 1O
2
𝑥 1
K
1
2
S

9.1 Determine with reasons, THREE other angles equal to 𝑥. (4)

9.2 Prove that SOFT is a cyclic quadrilateral (4)

9.3 Prove that ST = 2SO. sin x (4)

[12]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 13 com MDE/June 2024
NSC

QUESTION 10

In the diagram below BCED is a cyclic quadrilateral with AB =AD , AB = 2 cm, BC = 3 cm

and BD = 4 cm.

B
1 22

A
2
1 3
D

10.1 Prove that BD || CE (3)

10.2 Calculate the length of DE (2)

10.3 Prove that ΔADB ||| ΔAEC (3)

10.4 Calculate the length of EC (2)

Area of ΔECD
10.5 Calculate the value of (3)
Area of ΔABD

[13]

TOTAL: 150

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 14 com MDE/June 2024
NSC

FORMULA SHEET

−𝑏 ± √𝑏 2 − 4𝑎𝑐
𝑥=
2𝑎
𝐴 = 𝑃(1 + 𝑛𝑖) 𝐴 = 𝑃(1 − 𝑛𝑖) 𝐴 = 𝑃(1 − 𝑖)𝑛 𝐴 = 𝑃(1 + 𝑖)𝑛

𝑇𝑛 = 𝑎 + (𝑛 − 1)𝑑 𝑛
𝑆𝑛 = [2𝑎 + (𝑛 − 1)𝑑]
2
𝑇𝑛 = 𝑎𝑟 𝑛−1 𝑎(𝑟 𝑛 − 1)
𝑆𝑛 = ;𝑟 ≠ 1
𝑟−1
𝑎
𝑆∞ = ; −1 < 𝑟 < 1
1−𝑟
𝑥[(1 + 𝑖)𝑛 − 1] 𝑥[1 − (1 + 𝑖)−𝑛 ]
𝐹= 𝑃=
𝑖 𝑖
𝑓(𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑓(𝑥)
𝑓 ′ (𝑥) = lim
ℎ→0 ℎ
𝑑 = √(𝑥2 − 𝑥1 )2 + (𝑦2 − 𝑦1 )2 𝑥1 + 𝑥2 𝑦1 + 𝑦2
𝑀( ; )
2 2
𝑦 = 𝑚𝑥 + 𝑐 𝑦 − 𝑦1 = 𝑚(𝑥 − 𝑥1 ) 𝑦2 − 𝑦1
𝑚= 𝑚 = tan 𝜃
𝑥2 − 𝑥1

(𝑥 − 𝑎)2 + (𝑦 − 𝑏)2 = 𝑟 2

𝑎 𝑏 𝑐
𝐼𝑛 △ 𝐴𝐵𝐶: = =
sin 𝐴 sin 𝐵 sin 𝐶
𝑎2 = 𝑏 2 + 𝑐 2 − 2𝑏𝑐. cos 𝐴
1
𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎 △ 𝐴𝐵𝐶 = 𝑎𝑏. sin 𝐶
2
sin(𝛼 + 𝛽) = sin 𝛼 . cos 𝛽 + cos 𝛼 . sin 𝛽 sin(𝛼 − 𝛽) = sin 𝛼 . cos 𝛽 − cos 𝛼 . sin 𝛽

cos(𝛼 + 𝛽) = cos 𝛼 . cos 𝛽 − sin 𝛼 sin 𝛽 cos(𝛼 − 𝛽) = cos 𝛼 . cos 𝛽 + sin 𝛼 sin 𝛽

cos 2𝛼 = 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝛼 − 𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝛼 sin 2𝛼 = 2 sin 𝛼 cos 𝛼

= 1 − 2𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝛼
= 2𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝛼 − 1 𝑛

∑ 𝑓𝑥 ෍(𝑥1 − 𝑥)2
𝑥̅ = 𝜎2 = 𝑖=1
𝑛
n
𝑛(𝐴) 𝑃(𝐴 𝑜𝑓 𝐵) = 𝑃(𝐴) + 𝑃(𝐵) − 𝑃(𝐴 𝑒𝑛 𝐵)
𝑃(𝐴) =
𝑛(𝑆)
𝑦̂ = 𝑎 + 𝑏𝑥 ∑(𝑥 − 𝑥̅ )(𝑦 − 𝑦̅)
𝑏=
∑(𝑥 − 𝑥̅ )2

Copyright reserved
 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com

NATIONAL
SENIOR CERTIFICATE

GRADE 12

MATHEMATICS PAPER 2

JUNE 2024

MARKING GUIDELINE

MARKS: 150

This marking guideline consist of 18 pages

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 2 com MDE/September 2024

NSC Marking Guideline

NOTE:

 If a candidate answered a question TWICE, mark only the FIRST attempt.

 If a candidate crossed out an answer and did not redo it, mark the crossed-out answer.
 Consistent accuracy applies to ALL aspects of the marking guiselines.
 Assuming values/answers in order to solve a problem is unacceptable.

QUESTION 1

7 9 9 13 17 21 24 26 27

1.1 Minimum  7 7
Q1  9 9
Q2  17  17
 25
Q3  25
 27
Maximum  27
(5)
1.2  Whiskers
 Q1 , Q3
 Q2

(3)
1.3 Equally distributed/ Centrally skewed  Answer.

(1)
1.4 x  17  x  x
x  7,38  Answer
x  x  17  7,38
(2)
 9,62
Only 8 learners
1.5.1 x  7,38  Answer.
(1)
1.5.2 x  19  Answer.
(1)
1.5.3 Q3  27  Answer.
(1)
[13]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 3 com MDE/September 2024

NSC Marking Guideline

QUESTION 2

2.1 60 parents  Answer. (1)

2.2 1000  x  1500  Answer. (1)

2.3 46   Answer.
(2)
2.4 IQR  1850  1000  IQR
 850
850

850 2
 Semi  IQR 
2
 425  Answer.
(3)
[7]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 4 com MDE/September 2024

NSC Marking Guideline

QUESTION 3

𝛽 𝜃 𝑥
𝑄(3; 0)

𝑆(−1; −3)
𝐸

𝑅(1; −8)

3.1 QR  x 2  x 1 2  y 2  y1 2  correct subst into the

distance formula.
QR  (3  12  0  82
QR  68
QR  2 17  2 17
QR  8,25
(2)

3.2 0  ( 8)  Subst into the formula.

mQR 
3 1
8
mQR 
2  Answer. (2)
mQR 4

3.3 1  mSE
mSE  
4
1  substitution S 1;  3 
 3    1  c
4
13  Answer.
c
4
1 13
y  x
4 4 (3)

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 5 com MDE/September 2024

NSC Marking Guideline

3.4  11  3  8   𝑀𝑖𝑑𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡

M SE  ; 
 2 2 
 Substitution
 11 
 M SE  0 ;  
 2  Answer.

(3)
x  a 2   y  b 2  r 2
 17 
2

x  0   y  11  
2 2

 2
2
 11 
x   y    17
2

 2

3.5 mRQ  mSP  4  Gradient

4 53  Substitution

1 a 1  Answer
8  4a  4
4  4a (3)
a 1 OR
OR  Gradient
 3  4( 1)  c  Substitution
c 1
y  4x  1  Answer
5  4a  1 (3)
a 1

3.6.1 𝑚𝑃𝑆 = 4  tan 𝜃 = 4

tan 𝜃 = 4  75,96°

𝜃 = 75,96° (2)

3.6.2 −8 − (−3)  −
5
𝑚𝑆𝑅 = 2
1 − (−1)
5
5  tan 𝛽 = −
2
= −
2
5
tan 𝛽 = −
2
= 180° − 68,20°  111,80°

= 111,80°

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 6 com MDE/September 2024

NSC Marking Guideline

TŜP = 111,80° − 75,96° ext ∠ of a △

= 35,84°  35,84°

̂ = 35,84 ∘ corresp. . ∠s (PS ∥ RQ)

R ̂ = 35,84 ∘
 R (5)

3.7 d PQ  29 d sp  2 17  Subst..into the correct

formula
Area of PSRQ  Area ΔSPQ  Area ΔQRS
 √29

1
2
  
29 2 17 sin 35,84
√29
 𝑜𝑟 2,69 (3)
 213 2

 26

[23]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 7 com MDE/September 2024

NSC Marking Guideline

QUESTION 4

4.1 C 1;  1  𝑥 − 𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒.

 𝑦 − 𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒.
(2)
4.2 11  Substitution
mtan gent   1
 3 1  m tan gent
 Substitution A 3 ;1
1  1 3  c
 Answer
c4
(4)
yx4

4.3 D1;  3  Substitution D1;  3

 Equation
 3  11  c  Notation
c  4  Critical Values
y  x4 (4)
4k 4

4.4 D̂  33 [Tan-Chord Theorem]  S  R

AĈB  66 [  at centre  2   at circuferemnce ]  S  R

(4)
Copyright reserved Please turn over
 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 8 com MDE/September 2024

NSC Marking Guideline

4.5 C 3;  2 r2

 Substitution
d CD   1  3 2
  1  2 
2
 d CD
 5
 rSM
 2,24

 Answer
rSM  2  6
 4,45 (4)

 d CD  rSM , the circles intersect twice.

[18]

QUESTION 5
5.1.1

1 1 k2

11
k

k 2  y 2  12
k 2  y2  1
 1 k2
y   1 k 2

 y  1 k2  Answer (2)

sin 11  1  k 2

5.1.2 sin 211  2 sin(11) cos(11)  Expansion


 2 1  k 2 k    2k 1  k 2

 2k 1  k 2 (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 9 com MDE/September 2024

NSC Marking Guideline

5.1.3 cos19  cos30  11

 cos 30 cos11  sin 30 sin 11   cos 60
 tan 45
 3  k   1  1  k 2 
       
  
 2  1   2  1   1
   (1)
3k 1 k2  2
   4
2 2 (4)
3k  1  k 2

2

cos11  cos 25,5  k  2 cos2 5,5  1

5.1.4
2 cos2 5,5  1  k  Simplification
 Answer
2 cos2 5,5 k  1

2 2
k 1 (3)
cos2 5,5 
2
k 1
cos 5,5 
2

5.2 sin 25 cos x  2 sin x cos x   cos x

cos2 x . sin 25  2 sin x cos x
 cos2 x
 2 cos2 x sin x  sin 25

cos2 x  Answer. (3)
  2 sin x
sin x  cos x sin x  cos x  sin x  cos x
2
5.3.1 
sin x  cos x sin x  cos x  sin x  cos x
2


sin x  cos x 2  sin x  cos2
sin x  cos x sin x  cos x   Simplification


2

sin x  2 sin x cos x  cos x  sin x  2 sin x cos x  cos x
2 2 2
  2 sin 2x
sin 2 x  cos2 x
 4 sin x cos x  cos 2 x


 cos2 x  sin 2 x  (5)
2 sin 2 x

cos 2 x
 2 tan 2 x

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 10 com MDE/September 2024

NSC Marking Guideline

cos x  sin x  0
5.3.2
cos x   sin x  cos x  sin x  0
 x  135
tan x  1
x  135  k180, k  

cos x  sin x  0  cos x  sin x  0

cos x  sin x
 x  45
tan x  1
x  45  k180, k  
(4)

[24]

QUESTION 6

6.1 𝑓(𝑥)

 𝑥 − 𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑝𝑡𝑠

 𝑦 − 𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑝𝑡

 Shape.

𝑔(𝑥)

 𝑥 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑦 − 𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑝𝑡

 Shape.

(5)
6.2 sin x  45  cos 2 x
sin x  45  sin90  2 x   sin90  2 x 
x  45  90  2 x
 x  45
x  45  120k , k     120k, k  

x  45  180  90  2 x 

x  45  90  2 x
 x  135
 x  135  k 360, k   (4)
x  135  k 360, k  
6.3.1 0  x  45  0  x  45

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 11 com MDE/September 2024

NSC Marking Guideline

165  x  180  165  x  180

(2)
6.3.2 0  x  45  Notation
 Endpoints. (2)
[13]

QUESTION 7

7.1 DB Trig ratio

 cosθ
k
BD  kcosθ  BD
In ΔCDB
CD  DB  k cos
Correct
CB 2  CD 2  DB 2  2CD. BD cos Dˆ
substitution
CB 2  k cos   k cos   2k cos k cos  cos 2
2 2
Simplification
CB 2  k 2 cos2   k 2 cos2   2k 2 cos2  . cos 2
 1 cos 2
CB 2  2k 2 cos2  1  cos 2   1  sin 2 
 
CB 2  2k 2 cos2  1  1  2 sin 2  
 2k cos . sin
 2k 2 cos2  .2 sin 2 
CD  4k 2 cos2  .2 sin 2  (7)
 2k cos . sin 
CD  k sin 2

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 12 com MDE/September 2024

NSC Marking Guideline

7.2 CD  (10) cos 2(30)  Substitution

5  CD
1
Area  CD.BD sin Dˆ  Substistution
2  Answer
1
 55 sin 60
2 (4)
25 3

4
 10,83
[11]

QUESTION 8

8.1
A

1 2

1
.O
2

C
E
B

Construction: Draw OA produced to E  Construction.

 S/R
𝐴̂1 + 𝐵̂ = 𝑂̂1 [Ext ∠ 𝑜𝑓 ∆]
𝑂𝐴 = 𝑂𝐵 [ Radii] SR
𝐴̂1 = 𝐵̂ [∠ 𝑜𝑝𝑝 = 𝑠𝑖𝑑𝑒𝑠.]
∴ 𝑂̂1 = 2𝐴̂1
Similarly 𝑂̂2 = 2𝐴̂2
 S/R
∴ 𝑂̂1 + 𝑂̂1 = 2𝐴̂1 + 2𝐴̂2

∴ 𝑂̂1 + 𝑂̂1 = 2(𝐴̂1 + 𝐴̂2 )

(5)
8.2.1. 𝑂̂3 = 46 [∠ 𝑎𝑡 𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑒 = 2 × ∠ 𝑎𝑡 𝑐𝑖𝑐𝑢𝑚𝑓𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒] SR (2)

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 13 com MDE/September 2024

NSC Marking Guideline

8.2.2. 𝐷̂1 = 𝐵̂1 [∠ 𝑜𝑝𝑝 = 𝑠𝑖𝑑𝑒𝑠] SR

𝐵̂1 = 23° [sum of ∠ 's in ∆]  S/R (3)
8.2.3. 𝐴̂1 = 23° [tan chord theorem] SR (2)

8.2.4. 𝐶̂1 = 23° [= chords = ∠ 's ] SR (2)

8.2.5. 𝑂𝐶̂ 𝐷 = 46 [Alt ∠ 's, 𝐵𝑂//𝐶𝐷]  S/R

𝐶̂2 = 46 ∘ − 𝐶̂1
𝐶̂2 = 23° S (2)

[16]

QUESTION 9

W
1 2
T
3
1
2
F1
432
.
2 1O
2
𝑥 1
K
1
2
S

9.1. 𝑇̂3 = 𝐾
̂1 = 𝑥 [𝐴𝑙𝑡 ∠′𝑠 𝑇𝑊 ∥ 𝑆𝐾]  S /R
𝑊̂1 = 𝐾̂1 = 𝑥 [∠′ 𝑠 𝑖𝑛 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑠𝑎𝑚𝑒 𝑠𝑒𝑔] SR
 S /R
𝑊𝑆̂𝐾 = 𝑊 ̂1 = 𝑥 [𝐴𝑙𝑡 ∠′𝑠 𝑇𝑊 ∥ 𝑆𝐾]
(4)
9.2. 𝑂̂1 = 2𝑥 [∠ at centre = 2 × ∠ at circumference] SR
𝐹̂4 = 2𝑥 [Ext ∠′ 𝑠 of a △]  S /R
R (4)
𝑆𝑂𝐹𝑇 is a cyclic quad [converse ∠′ 𝑠 in the same seg]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 14 com MDE/September 2024

NSC Marking Guideline

9.3. 𝑆𝑂 = 𝑇𝑂 [Radii]
𝑂̂1 = 2𝑥 [Proven]  S/R
𝑆𝑇 = √2(𝑆𝑂)2 − 2(𝑆𝑂)2 co𝑠 2 2𝑥
𝑆𝑇 = √2(𝑆𝑂)2 (1 − co𝑠 2 2𝑥)  Sub in correct formula
𝑆𝑇 = √2(𝑆𝑂)2 [1 − (1 − 2 𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝑥)]  Double angle
𝑆𝑇 = √2(𝑆𝑂)2 (2 𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝑥)
 Square root
𝑆𝑇 = √4(𝑆𝑂)2 𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝑥)
𝑆𝑇 = 2𝑆𝑂 sin 𝑥 (4)
OR
𝑖𝑛 △ 𝑆𝑇𝑂:
𝑆𝑂 = 𝑇𝑂 [Radii]  S/R
𝑇̂1 = 𝑇𝑆̂𝑂 = 90∘ − 𝑥 [sum of ∠′𝑠 in △]
𝑆𝑇 𝑆𝑂
=  Sub in correct formula
sin 2𝑥 sin(90∘ − 𝑥)
𝑆𝑇 cos 𝑥 = 2𝑆𝑂 sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥  Double angle
𝑆𝑇 cos 𝑥 2𝑆𝑂 sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥
=  Dividing by cos 𝑥
cos 𝑥 cos 𝑥
𝑆𝑇 = 2𝑆𝑂 sin 𝑥 (4)

[12]

QUESTION 10

B
1 2

A
2
1 3
D

10.1. 𝐵̂1 = 𝐷̂1 [∠′ 𝑠 𝑜𝑝𝑝 = 𝑠𝑖𝑑𝑒𝑠]  S /R

𝐵̂1 = 𝐸̂ [𝐸𝑥𝑡 ∠′ 𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑐𝑦𝑐𝑙𝑖𝑐 𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑑]  S /R
𝐷̂1 = 𝐸̂ [𝐸𝑎𝑐ℎ = 𝐵̂1 ]
R
𝐵𝐷//𝐶𝐸 [𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑝 ∠′ 𝑠 =] (3)
10.2. 2 2  S/R
= [prop theorem, 𝐵𝐷//𝐶𝐸]
𝐷𝐸 3
2𝐷𝐸 6
=  Answer (2)
2 2
𝐷𝐸 = 3 𝑐𝑚

Copyright reserved Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 15 com MDE/September 2024

NSC Marking Guideline

10.3. 𝑖𝑛 △ 𝐴𝐷𝐵 & △ 𝐴𝐸𝐶

𝐴̂ = 𝐴̂ [𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑚𝑜𝑛 ∠]  S/R

̂1 = 𝐸̂
𝐷 [𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑝 ∠′ 𝑠, 𝐵𝐷//𝐶𝐸]  S/R
𝐵̂1 = 𝐶̂ [𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑝 ∠′ 𝑠, 𝐵𝐷//𝐶𝐸]  S/R

ΔADB ||| ΔAEC [A,A,A] (3)

10.4. 𝐴𝐷 𝐵𝐷  S/R
= [///’s]
𝐴𝐸 𝐸𝐶
2 4
=
5 𝐸𝐶
2𝐸𝐶 20
=  Answer (2)
2 2
𝐸𝐶 = 10 𝑐𝑚
10.5. 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 Δ𝐸𝐶𝐷 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 Δ𝐸𝐶𝐷 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 Δ𝐴𝐶𝐸
= ×
𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 Δ𝐴𝐵𝐷 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 Δ𝐴𝐶𝐸 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 Δ𝐴𝐵𝐷
1 1  Formula
𝐸𝐶.𝐸𝐷 sin 𝐸̂ 𝐴𝐵.𝐴𝐷 sin 𝐴̂
= 2
1 × 2
1
𝐸𝐶.𝐴𝐸 sin 𝐸̂ 𝐴𝐶.𝐴𝐸 sin 𝐴̂  Substitution
2 2
3 (2)(2)
= ×
5 (5)(5)
12
=  Answer (3)
125

[13]

TOTAL: 150

Copyright reserved Please turn over

Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded from Stanmorephysics.com
Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com

NATIONAL
SENIOR CERTIFICATE

GRADE 12

MATHEMATICS PRE PREPARATORY PAPER 2

August 2024

MARKS: 150

TIME: 3 hours

This question paper consists of 9 pages, a diagram sheet and an information sheet.
Mathematics Paper 2 2 KZN Practice Paper August 2024
Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Grade 12 com

INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION

Read the following instructions carefully before answering the questions.

1. This question paper consists of 10 questions.

2. Answer ALL the questions.

3. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this question
paper.

4. Clearly show ALL calculations, diagrams, graphs, etc. which you have used in
determining your answers.

5. Answers only will NOT necessarily be awarded full marks.

6. You may use an approved scientific calculator (non-programmable and

non-graphical), unless stated otherwise.

7. If necessary, round off answers correct to TWO decimal places, unless stated otherwise.

8. Diagrams are NOT necessarily drawn to scale.

9. Write neatly and legibly.

Copyright reserved Please turn over

Mathematics Paper 2 3 KZN Practice Paper August 2024
Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Grade 12 com
QUESTION 1
A group of four-year-old children were given the same puzzle to complete. The time taken (in minutes)
for each child to complete the puzzle was recorded. The results recorded are shown in the table below.

TIME TAKEN ( t ) NUMBER OF

(IN MUNUTES) CHILDREN
2<t 6 2
6 < t  10 10
10  t  14 9
14  t  18 7
18  t  22 8
22  t  26 7
26  t  30 2

1.1 How many children completed the puzzle? (1)

1.2 Calculate the estimated mean time taken to complete the puzzle. (2)
1.3 Complete the cumulative frequency column in the table given in the diagram sheet (2)
1.4 Draw a cumulative frequency graph (ogive) to represent the data on the grid (3)
provided
1.5 Use the graph to determine the median time taken to complete the puzzle. (2)
[10]
QUESTION 2

Learners who scored a mark below 50% in Mathematics test were selected to use a computer based
programme as a part of an intervention strategy. On completing the programme, these learners wrote a
second test to determine the effectiveness of the intervention strategy. The mark (as percentage) scored by
15 of these learners in both tests is given in the table below.

Learner L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9 L10 L11 L12 L13 L14 L15

Test 1 10 18 23 24 27 34 34 36 37 39 40 44 45 48 49
(%)
Test 2 33 21 32 20 58 43 49 48 41 55 50 45 62 68 60
(%)

2.1 Determine the equation of the least squares regression line. (3)
2.2 A learner's mark in the first test was 15 out of a maximum of 50 marks.
2.2.1 Write down the learner's mark for this test as a percentage. (1)
2.2.2 Predict The learners mark for the second test. Give your answer to the (2)
nearest integer
2.3 For the 15 learners above, the mean mark is 45,67% and the standard deviation is
13,88. The teacher discovered that he forgot to add the marks of the last question to
the total mark of each of these learners. When the marks of the last question are
added, the new mean mark is 50.67%.
2.3.1 What is the standard deviation after the marks for the last question are (2)
added to each learner’s total?
2.3.2 What is the total mark of the last question (2)
[10]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

Mathematics Paper 2 4 KZN Practice Paper August 2024
Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Grade 12 com
QUESTION 3

In the diagram, A(−3 ; 4) , B and C are vertices of ABC. AB is produced to T. D and E are the x − and
y - intercepts of AC respectively. E is the midpoint of AC and the angle of inclination of AC is . The
equation of AB is y = kx + 3 and the equation of AC is y = −2 x − 2.

1 (1)
3.1 Show that k = − .
3
3.2 Calculate the coordinates of B, the x -intercept of line AT. (2)
3.3 Calculate the coordinates of C. (4)
3.4 Determine the equation of the line parallel to BC and passing through T(15 ; −2). (3)
Write your answer in the form y = mx + c.
3.5 ˆ
Calculate the size of BAC. (5)
3.6 It is further given that the length of AC is 8 10 units, calculate the value of (5)

Area of ΔABD
.
Area of ΔATC
[20]

Copyright reserved Please turn over

Mathematics Paper 2 5 KZN Practice Paper August 2024
Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Grade 12 com
QUESTION 4

In the diagram below, the circle centred at N(2 ; 3) passes through A(−1: −1) and C. BA and BC are
tangents to the circle at A and C respectively, with BC parallel to the y
-axis.

4.1 Determine the equation of the circle in the form ( x − a) 2 + ( y − b) 2 = r 2 . (3)

4.2 Write down the coordinates of C. (2)
4.3 Determine the equation of the tangent AB in the form y = mx + c. (5)
4.4 Determine the length of BC. (3)
4.5 Determine the equation of the circle centered at A that has both the x - and y -axis (2)
as tangents.
4.6 If another circle with centre M(6 ; −5) and radius 4 units is drawn. Determine (5)
whether the circles will INTERSECT or NOT.
[20]
QUESTION 5

5.1 If cos34 = p, WITHOUT using a calculator, determine the following in terms of p.

5.1.1 Sin 64 (3)

5.1.2 cos 68 (2)

5.1.3 sin17 (3)

5.1.4 2sin 2 28 (3)

Copyright reserved Please turn over

Mathematics Paper 2 6 KZN Practice Paper August 2024
Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Grade 12 com

5.2 Simplify each of the following without using a calculator. Show all Calculations

5.2.1 sin110.tan60 (7)

cos540.tan250.sin380

5.2.2.
(1 − 2 sin 22,5 )( )
2 sin 22,5 + 1 (4)

5.3 cos 2 x tan x

Given the expression:
sin 2 x

5.3.1 For which value(s) of x in the interval x  0;180 , will this expression (3)
be undefined?
5.3.2 cos 2 x tan x cos x (5)
Prove that = − tan x
sin 2 x sin x
[30]
QUESTION 6

In the diagram below, the graphs of f ( x ) = a cos x and g ( x ) = sin bx are drawn for the interval
x   0 ; 180.

6.1 Write down the values of a and b (2)

6.2 Write down the period of f (1)
6.3 Write down the range of g ( x ) + 3 (2)
6.4 For which values of x, in the given interval, is f ( x ) .g  ( x )  0 (3)
6.5 When the graph of g is shifted q to the left, it coincides with the function (3)
y − cos x = − sin x. Determine the value of q.
2 2

[11]
Copyright reserved Please turn over
Mathematics Paper 2 7 KZN Practice Paper August 2024
Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Grade 12 com
QUESTION 7
The captain of a boat at sea, at point Q, notices a lighthouse PM directly North of his position. He
determines that the angle of elevation of P, the top of the lighthouse, from Q is  and the height of the
lighthouse is x metres. From point Q the captain sails 12x metres in a direction  degrees east of north to
point R. From point R, he notices that the angle of elevation of P is also  . Q, M, and R lie in the same
horizontal plane. P

M
θ
θ
β R
Q 12x

7.1 Write QM in terms of x and  (2)

7.2 cos (4)
Prove that tan =
6
7.3 If  = 40 and QM = 60 metres, calculae the height of the lighthouse to the (3)
nearest metre.
[09]

QUESTION 8
8.1 In the diagram, O is the centre of the circle. PQRS is a cyclic quadrilateral and TQ is the
diameter of the circle. Chord PQ and radius OS are drawn. P̂ = 71.

P
2

1 71°

1 Q
2

O
2
1

2 R
S

Determine, giving reasons, the sizes of the following angles:

8.1.1 R̂ (2)
8.1.2 P̂1 (2)
8.1.3 Ô (2)
1

Copyright reserved Please turn over

Mathematics Paper 2 8 KZN Practice Paper August 2024
Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Grade 12 com
8.2 In the diagram, O is the centre of a circle PSTR and SOR is a diameter. N, the midpoint of chord
PT, lies on SOR. M is a point on TR such that OM ⊥ SR.

P O

N 2 M
3 1
2
1
2
S
1 2

T
Prove the following, giving reasons:
8.2.1 TSOM is a cyclic quadrilateral. (2)
8.2.2 PT / /OM. (3)
8.2.3 Sˆ 1 = M
ˆ
1
(4)
[15]

QUESTION 9
9.1 ˆ =D
In the diagram, ABC and DEF are drawn such that A ˆ = Eˆ and Cˆ = F.
ˆ ,B ˆ
A

* C E * F
B

Prove the theorem which states that if two triangles are equiangular, then the corresponding sides
AB AC
are in proportion. i.e. = (6)
DE DF

Copyright reserved Please turn over

Mathematics Paper 2 9 KZN Practice Paper August 2024
Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Grade 12 com

9.2 In the diagram, ABC is drawn. E and F are points on AC and AB respectively such that
AE 3 AF 2
= and = . BC produced meet FE produced in D. G is a point on FB such that
EC 2 FB 5
FD GC. A

E
G

D B
C

BC
Calculate with reasons, (5)
CD
[11]
QUESTION 10
ˆ and
In the diagram, O is the centre of circle ABCD. BA produced intersects DE in E. BD bisects ABC
BD = DE. Straight lines BOC, OD and AD are drawn. B̂1 = x.

1 D
O 2 2 3 4
1

1 2

A
1
2

10.1 ˆ
Determine, with reasons, the size of CDB (2)
10.2 Determine the size of D̂4 (5)
10.3 Prove that BDO D (3)
10.4 Show that 2DE 2 = BC.BE (4)
[14]

TOTAL: 150
Copyright reserved Please turn over
Mathematics Paper 2 10 KZN Practice Paper August 2024
Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Grade 12 com

INFORMATION SHEET: MATHEMATICS

− b  b 2 − 4ac
x=
2a
A = P(1 + ni ) A = P(1 − ni ) A = P(1 − i ) n A = P(1 + i ) n
Tn = a + (n − 1)d Sn =
n
2a + (n − 1)d 
2
Tn = ar n−1 Sn =
( )
a r n −1 ; r  1 S =
a
; −1  r  1
r −1 1− r

F=

x (1 + i ) − 1
n
 P=
x[1 − (1 + i)−n ]
i i
f ( x + h) − f ( x )
f / ( x) = lim
h→ 0 h
 x + x y + y2 
d = ( x 2 − x1 ) 2 + ( y 2 − y1 ) 2 M  1 2 ; 1 
 2 2 
y − y1
y = mx + c y − y1 = m( x − x1 ) m= 2 m = tan
x 2 − x1
(x − a )2 + ( y − b)2 = r 2
a b c
InABC: = =
sin A sin B sin C
a 2 = b 2 + c 2 − 2bc. cos A
1
area ΔABC = ab. sin C
2
sin ( +  ) = sin  . cos  + cos  . sin  sin ( −  ) = sin  . cos  − cos  . sin 
cos( +  ) = cos  . cos  − sin  . sin  cos( −  ) = cos  . cos  + sin  . sin 
cos 2  − sin 2 

cos 2 = 1 − 2 sin 2  sin 2 = 2 sin  . cos
2 cos 2  − 1

n 2

x  (xi − x )
x= 2 = i =1

n n
n( A )
P(A) = P(A or B) = P(A) + P(B) – P(A and B)
n(S)

yˆ = a + bx b=
 (x − x )( y − y )
 (x − x) 2

Copyright reserved Please turn over

Mathematics Paper 2 11 KZN Practice Paper August 2024
Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Grade 12 com

DIAGRAM SHEET

NAME OF LEARNER:
QUESTION 1.3

QUESTION 1.4

Copyright reserved Please turn over

Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com

NATIONAL
SENIOR CERTIFICATE

GRADE 12

MATHEMATICS AUGUST PRE PREPARATORY PAPER 2

MARKING GUIDELINE

GEOMETRY
A mark for the correct statement.
S
(A statement mark is independent of a reason)
A mark for a correct reason.
R
(A reason mark may only be awarded if the statement is correct)
S/R Award a mark if the statement AND reason are both correct.
 Downloaded
Mathematics P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
2 com August 2024
NSC

QUESTION 1
No. SOLUTION MARK MA
JUSTIFICATION RK
1.1 45 children  A answer (1)

1.2
X=
 fx (2)
n
X=
( 4  2 ) + (8 10 ) + (12  9 ) + (16  7 ) + ( 20  8 ) + ( 24  7 ) + ( 28  2 )
45
692  A 692
X=
45
Answer only: full marks
X = 15,38 minutes  CA answer

1.3
Time taken (t ) Number of Cumulative
(in minutes) children frequency
A first 4 cum
2t 6 2 2 
freq correct
6  t  10 10 12
10  t  14 9 21 A last 3 cum

14  t  18 7 28 freq correct

18  t  22 8 36
22  t  26 7 43 (2)

26  t  30 2 45

Harry Gwala District Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
3 com August 2024
NSC

1.4

 CA
plotting cum
freq at upper
limits correctly
(all points)


A shape (smooth)


A grounding (2;0)
(3)

1.5 On graph at the y -value of 22,5 or 23

Median = 15 minutes.  CA graph
(2)
Answer only: full marks CA answer

[10]
QUESTION 2
2.1  A value of a
Answer only: full marks  A value of b
 CA equation
a = 12,44 (3)
b = 0,98
y = 12, 44 + 0,98 x
2.2.1 15  A answer (1)
Percentage =  100
50
= 30%

2.2.2 y = 12, 44 + 0,98 x  A substitution (2)

y = 12, 44 + 0,98 ( 30 )  CA
answer as integer
y = 41,84
= 42 Answer only: full marks
OR  CA value of y
y = 41,87(if using calculator)  CA
answer as integer
y = 42
OR  CA CA answer
21
y=
50

Harry Gwala District Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
4 com August 2024
NSC

2.3.1 standard deviation = 13,88  A A answer (2)

2.3.2 x = 50, 67 − 45, 67  A 50, 67 − 45, 67 (2)

Answer only: full marks
= 5%  A answer

[10]
QUESTION 3

3.1 4 = k (−3) + 3 (1)

1 A✓substitution
k =−
3
3.2 1 A✓equating to 0 (2)
− x+3= 0
3
1
− x = −3
3 A✓ x = 9
x=9
Answer only: full marks
 B (9 ; 0)

3.3 E(0 ; −2) A✓ E(0 ; −2) (4)

x + −3
y+4 A✓ =0
x + −3 = −2 2
=0
2 and 2
x=3 y = −8 y+4
CA✓ = −2
2

C(3 ; −8) CA✓ C(3 ; −8)

3.4 −8 − 0 4 CA✓ mBC (3)
mBC = =
3−9 3

Harry Gwala District Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
5 com August 2024
NSC

mT = mBC (parallel lines)

4
y= x+c
3
4 CA✓
−2 = (15) + c
3 4
−2 = (15) + c
c = −22 3
4 4
 y = x − 22 CA✓ y = x − 22
3 3

3.5 tan  = −2 A✓ tan  = −2 (5)

−1
 = 180 − tan (2)
A✓  = 116,57
 = 116,57

ˆ x = tan  − 1  A✓
tan AB  
 3 ˆ x = tan  − 1 
tan AB  
ˆ x = 180 − tan  1   3
AB  
3
ABˆ x = 161,57
CA✓
ˆ x = 161,57
AB
ˆ = 161,57 − 116,57
 BAC
(ext  of a  )
= 45
ˆ = 45
CA✓ BAC

3.6 AD = (3 − −1) 2 + (4 − 0) 2 = 2 2 A✓AD and AB (5)

AB = (−3 − 9) 2 + (4 − 0) 2 = 4 10
AT = (−3 − 15) 2 + (4 − −2) 2 = 6 10
A✓AT

ˆ
Area of ABD 12 .AD.ABsin A A✓
= ˆ
ˆ
Area of ATC 12 AC.AT sin A 1
2 .AD.ABsin A
1 ˆ
AD.AB 2 AC.AT sin A
=
AC.AT

=
( 2 2 )( 4 10 ) CA✓
(8 10 )( 6 10 ) ( 2 2 )( 4 10 )
=
5 (8 10 )( 6 10 )
30
5
CA✓
30

Harry Gwala District Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
6 com August 2024
NSC

[20]
QUESTION 4

4.1 ( x − 2) 2 + ( y − 3) 2 = r 2
A✓subs of N and
(−1 − 2) 2 + (−1 − 3) 2 = r 2
A into the distance
9 + 16 = r 2 formula
r 2 = 25
A✓ r = 25
2

 ( x − 2) + ( y − 3) = 25
2 2
(3)
CA✓equation
OR

AN = (−1 − 2) 2 + (−1 − 3) 2 A✓subs of N and

AN = 9 + 16 A into the distance
formula
r =5
 r 2 = 25 A✓ r = 25
2
(3)
 ( x − 2) 2 + ( y − 3) 2 = 25
CA✓equation
4.2 C(2 + 5 ; 3) (by symmetry) A✓ x = 7 (2)
C(7 ; 3) A✓ y = 3

4.3 3 − (−1) 4 A✓subs A and N

mAN = =
2 − (−1) 3 into gradient
formula
3
mAB = − (radius ⊥ tangent) 4
4 A✓ mradius =
3
3
y − (−1) = − ( x − (−1)) A✓ mtan gent = −
3
4 4
3 3 A✓subs A and m
y = − x − −1
4 4
(5)
3 7
y =− x−
4 4 CA✓equation

Harry Gwala District Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
7 com August 2024
NSC

OR A✓subs A and N
3 − (−1) 4 into gradient
mAN = =
2 − (−1) 3 formula
4
3 A✓ mradius =
mAB = − (radius ⊥ tangent) 3
4
3
3 A✓ mtan gent = −
y = − x+c 4
4 A✓subs A and m
3
−1 = − (−1) + c
4 (5)
7 CA✓equation
c= −
4
3 7
y = − x −
4 4
4.4 B(7 : yB ) A✓sub x = 7 (3)
3 7
yB = − (7) − A✓ yB = −7
4 4
y B = −7
CA✓ BC = 10
B(7 ; − 7)
BC = 10 units
4.5 ( x+1) + ( y +1) =1 A✓LHS (2)
2 2

A✓RHS
4.6 d c = ( x1 + x2 ) 2 + ( y1 + y2 ) 2 A✓ (5)
N(2 ; 3) M(6 ; − 5) MN = (2 + 6) + (3 + −5) 2
2

MN = (2 + 6) 2 + (3 + −5) 2
A✓ 8, 25
= 68 A✓14
= 8, 25
r1 + r2 = 5 + 9 = 14 CA✓ d c  r1 + r2
CA✓conclusion
d c  r1 + r2
 The circles intersect
[20]
QUESTION 5
5.1.1 sin ( 34 + 30 ) ✓ A (3)
expansion
cos 34 cos 30 − sin 34 sin 30
✓ A special
3 1 angles
cos 34 − sin 34
2 2 ✓ A
3 1 simplificati
p− 1 − p2
2 2 on

Harry Gwala District Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
8 com August 2024
NSC

5.1.2 cos 68 = 2 cos 2 34 − 1 ✓ A (2)

expansion
= 2p 2 − 1
✓ A Answer
5.1.3 cos 34 = 1 − 2sin 2 17 ✓ A half angle (3)
✓ A
p = 1 − 2sin 2 17 substitution
1− p ✓ A answer
= sin17
2
5.1.4 2sin 2 28 − 1 + 1 ✓ A (3)

( −1 + 2sin 28 ) + 1
2
Expansion
✓ A
− (1 − 2sin 2
28 ) + 1 simplificati
on
− cos 56 + 1 ✓ A Answer
− 1 − p2 + 1

5.2.1 sin 70.tan 60 ✓ A sin 70 (7)

cos180 tan 70 sin 20 ✓ A cos180
✓ A tan 70
sin 70 3
✓ A sin 20
sin 70
( −1) .cos 70
✓ A
sin 70
cos 70
cos 70
− 3 ✓ A
sin 20 = cos 70
✓ CA − 3
5.2.2 1 − 2sin 2 22,5 ✓ A (4)
Expansion
cos 2 ( 22,5 )
✓ A
cos 45 Simplificati
1 on
✓ CA cos 45
2
✓ CA Answer
5.3.1 sin 2 x = 0 ✓ A x = 0 (3)
sin x = 0 ✓ A x = 180
✓ A x = 90
x = 0 or x = 180 or x = 90

Harry Gwala District Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
9 com August 2024
NSC

5.3.2 cos 2 x.tan x ✓ A (5)

sin 2 x Expansion
sin x
 sin x 
( cos x − sin 2 x ) 
2

 cos x 
✓ A
cos x
✓ A
sin 2 x
Simplificati
cos 2 x − sin 2 x on
sin x cos x ✓ A
cos 2 x sin 2 x simplificati
− on
sin x cos x sin x cos x
✓ A Answer
cos x sin x
−
sin x cos x
cos x
− tan x = RHS
sin x
[30]
QUESTION 6
6.1 a = 3 and b = 2 ✓ A a =3 (2)
✓ A b=2
6.2 Period = 360 ✓ A 360 (1)
6.3 y   2; 4 ✓ A Values 2 (2)
and 4
✓ A Notation
6.4 0  x  45 or 90< x <135 ✓ A 0 and (3)
45
✓ A 90 and
135
✓ A Notation
6.5 y = cos 2 x ✓ A (3)
y = sin ( 90 + 2 x ) y = cos 2 x
✓ A co ratio
y = sin 2 ( x + 45 ) ✓ A 45
q = 45
[11]
QUESTION 7
7.1 x ✓ A Trig ratio (2)
In PMQ: tan =
QM
✓ A Answer
x
QM =
tan

Harry Gwala District Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
10 com August 2024
NSC

7.2 PMQ  PMS  AAS /RHS ✓ A MR=QM (4)

✓ A Correct
x
MR = = QM substitution
tan  ✓ A
ˆ = 180 − 2
QMR Reduction
✓ A Double
tan  sin (180 − 2  )
sin   =
x 12 x angle
sin 2  x
tan  = 
12 x sin 
cos 
tan  =
6
7.3 x cos  ✓ A Equating (3)
= ✓ A Subst.
QM 6
QM=60 and
60 cos 40
x=  = 40
6 ✓ A Answer
x = 7, 66
The height of the lighthouse is 8 metres

[09]
QUESTION 8
P
2

1 71°

1 Q
2

O
2
1

2 R
S

8.1.1 R̂ = 109 [opp s of a cyclic quad] A✓S (2)

A✓R

8.1.2 P̂1 + 71 = 90 [ in a semicircle] A✓S/R (2)

A✓Answer
Pˆ = 19
1

8.1.3 Ô1 = 2 x 19 [ at centre = 2 x  at circumference] A✓S (2)

A✓R
= 38

Harry Gwala District Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
11 com August 2024
NSC

P O

N 2 M
3 1
2
1
2
S
1 2

8.2.1 ˆ = 90
STR [ in a semicircle] A✓S/R (2)
 TSOM is a cyclic quad [converse opp s of a cyclic quad] A✓S/R

8.2.2 ON ⊥ PT [line from centre to midpoint of chord] A✓S A✓R (3)

 PT OM [co-int s supplementary/ corresp =] A✓R
8.2.3 Mˆ = Tˆ [corresp s, PT OM] A✓S A✓R (4)
1 2
ˆT = Sˆ [ s in the same segment]
2 1 A✓S A✓R
 M̂1 = Sˆ 1
[15]
A

* C E * F
B

9.1 Constr. A✓constr. (6)

Let M and N lie on AB and AC respectively such that
AM = DE and AN = DF. Draw MN

In AMN and DEF

AM = DE [constr...]
AN = DF [constr...]
Aˆ =D
ˆ [given]

AMN = DEF [SAS] A✓S/R

A✓S

Harry Gwala District Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
12 com August 2024
NSC

ˆ = Eˆ = B
 AMN ˆ  s 
 
A✓S/R
 MN BC [corresp s are equal]
AB AC
= [line one side of  / prop theorem, MN BC]A✓S A✓R
AM AN

but AM = DE and AN = DF
AB AC
 =
DE DF
A

E
G

D B
C

9.2 In ACG (5)

AE AF A✓S/R
= [line one side of  / prop theorem, EF CG]
EC FG

3p 2k
=
2p FG
4k A✓S
FG =
3

In BFD

BG BC A✓S/R
= [line one side of  / prop theorem, DF CG]
GF CD

( 11k3 ) = BC A✓S
( 4k3 ) CD
BC 11 A✓Answer
=
CD 4

[11]

Harry Gwala District Please turn over

 Downloaded
Mathematics P2 f rom St anmorephysics.
13 com August 2024
NSC

QUESTION 10

1 D
O 2 2 3 4
1

1 2

A
1
2

10.1 ˆ = 90
CDB [ in a semicircle] A✓S A ✓R (2)
10.2 ˆ =x
Let B (5)
1
ˆ =B
ˆ A✓ Ĉ = 90 − x
B2 1 [given]
A✓
Ĉ = 90 − x [sum of s of BCD] ˆ =C
A ˆ = 90 − x
2
ˆ =C ˆ = 90 − x [ext  of a cyclic quad ABCD]
A 2 A✓ Eˆ = B
ˆ =x
2
Eˆ = B
ˆ = x [s opp = sides]
2

D ˆ − Eˆ
ˆ = 180 − A [sum of s of ] A✓
4 2
D ˆ − Eˆ
ˆ = 180 − A
= 180 − (90 − x) − x 4 2
A✓Answer
= 90
10.3 In BDO and BED (3)
ˆ =B
B ˆ [given]
ˆ =Bˆ
1 2

ˆ =B ˆ A✓ D
D 2 1 [s opp = sides] 2 1

Dˆ = Eˆ
2 [both =x] ˆ = Eˆ
A✓ D 2
ˆ ˆ
O = BDE [3rd  ]
1

BDOBED [ AAA ] A✓R

10.4 BD OB A✓S A✓R (4)

=  s 
BE BD
BD 2 = OB.BE A✓ BD2 = OB.BE
but BD = DE and OB = 12 BC A✓S
 DE 2 = 12 BC.BE
2DE 2 = BC.BE

[14]

Harry Gwala District Please turn over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com

NATIONAL
SENIOR CERTIFICATE

GRADE 12

MATHEMATICS P2

PRACTICE

JUNE 2024

MARKS: 150

TIME: 3 HOURS

This question paper consists of 11 pages. A Diagram Sheet of 4 pages and an Information Sheet.

Copyright reserved Please Turn Over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 2 com June 2024 (Practice)
NSC

INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION

Read the following instructions carefully before answering the questions.

1. This question paper consists of 9 questions.

2. Answers ALL questions.

3. Clearly show ALL calculations, diagrams, graphs, et cetera that you have used in
determining your answers.

4. Answers only will not necessarily be awarded full marks.

5. An approved scientific calculator (non-programmable and non-graphical) may be used,

unless stated otherwise.

6. If necessary, answers should be rounded off to TWO decimal places, unless stated
otherwise.

7. Diagrams are NOT necessarily drawn to scale.

8. Number the answers correctly according to the numbering system used in this question
paper.

9. Write neatly and legibly.

Copyright reserved Please Turn Over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 3 com June 2024 (Practice)
NSC

QUESTION 1

A (–3; 3), B (2; 3), C (6; –1) and D (𝑥 ; 𝑦) are vertices of quadrilateral ABCD in a Cartesian plane.

A (-3 ; 3) B (2 ; 3)

x
C (6 ; -1)

D (x ; y)

1.1 Determine the equation of AD. (4)

3 3
1.2 Prove that the coordinates of D are ( ; − ) if D is equidistant from B and C. (6)
2 2

1.3 Hence, or otherwise, determine the gradient of BD. (2)

1.4 Determine the size of 𝜃, the angle between BD and BC, rounded off to one decimal digit. (4)

1.5 Calculate the area of ΔBDC rounded off to the nearest square unit. (5)

[21]

Copyright reserved Please Turn Over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 4 com June 2024 (Practice)
NSC

QUESTION 2

2.1 The equations of two circles O and M are:

O: (𝑥 + 1)2 + (𝑦 − 3)2 = 1 M: 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 8𝑥 − 6𝑦 + 9 = 0

2.1.1 Determine the coordinates of the centre of the circle M. (3)

2.1.2 Show, by calculation, that the circles touch each other, internally. (4)

2.2 In the diagram below, the line AC with equation 𝑦 − 𝑥 − 2 = 0 is a tangent at A to the circle
with centre M (4 ; 4) while AB is a diameter of the circle.

x
C

2.2.1 Determine the equation of the diameter AB. (3)

2.2.2 Show that the coordinates of A are (3 ; 5). (2)

2.2.3 Determine the equation of the circle. (4)

2.2.4 Calculate the coordinates of B. (2)

2.2.5 Write down the equation of the tangent BD. (4)

[22]

Copyright reserved Please Turn Over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 5 com June 2024 (Practice)
NSC

QUESTION 3

8
3.1 Given: sin 𝛼 = where 90° ≤ 𝛼 ≤ 270°
17

Calculate the following with the aid of a diagram and without using a calculator:

3.1.1 3tan𝛼 (3)

3.1.2 sin(90° + 𝛼) (2)

3.1.3 cos2𝛼 (3)

𝑘
3.2 Given: sin𝜃cos𝜃 =
4
Use a diagram to find the value of tan2𝜃 in terms of 𝑘 if 2𝜃 is an acute angle. (5)

[13]

QUESTION 4

4.1 Simplify, without using a calculator:

2cos105°cos15°
(6)
cos(45°−𝑥)cos𝑥 –sin(45°−𝑥)sin𝑥

1 + sin 2𝜃 cos𝜃 + sin𝜃

4.2 Given: =
cos 2𝜃 cos𝜃 − sin𝜃

4.2.1 Prove the identity. (5)

4.2.2 Determine the values of 𝜃 for which the identity is undefined. (3)

4.2.3 Hence, or otherwise, without the use of a calculator, find the value of:

cos15° + sin15°
(3)
cos15° − sin15°

4.3 Determine the general solution for the equation: 7cos𝑥 − 2sin2 𝑥 + 5 = 0 (7)

[24]

Copyright reserved Please Turn Over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 6 com June 2024 (Practice)
NSC

QUESTION 5

In the diagram above the graphs of 𝑓(𝑥) = sin𝒂𝑥 and 𝑔(𝑥) = 𝒃cos𝑥 for 𝑥 ∈ [−180°; 180°]
are drawn.

5.1 Determine the numerical values of a and b. (2)

5.2 Write down the periods of f and g. (2)

5.3 State the amplitude of f . (1)

5.4 Determine the range of 𝑓(𝑥) + 3. (2)

5.5 Determine the value(s) of 𝑥, if 𝑓(𝑥). 𝑔(𝑥) < 0, for 𝑥 ∈ [−180°; 180°]. (3)

5.6 If the curve f is shifted 45° to the left, write down the new function as ℎ(𝑥) =…. (2)

5.7 If 𝑔 is reflected about the 𝑥-axis, write down the new function as 𝑘(𝑥) =… (2)

[14]

Copyright reserved Please Turn Over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 7 com June 2024 (Practice)
NSC

QUESTION 6

a
β

2β C
B 2a

A, B and C are three points in the same horizontal plane. DA is perpendicular to the horizontal plane at
1 1
A, and D is joined to C. AB = BC = 𝒂 and AĈD= AB ̂ C = 𝜷.
2 2

6.1 Determine AC in terms of 𝒂 and 𝟐𝜷. (3)

6.2 Hence, show that AD = a tan𝜷√1 + 8sin2 𝜷 (4)

[7]

Copyright reserved Please Turn Over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 8 com June 2024 (Practice)
NSC

QUESTION 7

7.1 In the diagram O is the centre of circle HEATR. AOF is parallel to EH.
F̂2 = 78° and R
̂ 1 = 22°.

78°

22°

Calculate, with reasons, the size of:

̂1
7.1.1 O (2)

̂1
7.1.2 H (2)

̂
7.1.3 T (2)

̂2
7.1.4 H (2)

Copyright reserved Please Turn Over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 9 com June 2024 (Practice)
NSC

7.2 In the diagram, O is the centre of the circle. Chords AD and CB intersect at E and AC || BD.

E
1 3
2
O

2
1

1
2

Prove, with reasons, that AEOB is a cyclic quadrilateral. (6)

[14]

Copyright reserved Please Turn Over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 10 com June 2024 (Practice)
NSC

QUESTION 8

8.1 ̂=̂
In the diagram, ΔKLM and ΔPQR are two triangles such that K P, L̂ = Q
̂ and M
̂ =R
̂.

K P

Q R

L M

KL KM
Use the diagram to prove the theorem which states that = . (6)
PQ PR

8.2 In the figure, FE is a tangent to the circle O. D and F are joined so that EG = GF.

̂3 = 𝑥, name, with reasons, two other angles each equal to 𝑥.

8.2.1 If E (4)

8.2.2 Prove that DE = EF. (2)

̂ E in terms of 𝑥.
8.2.3 Express DO (4)

8.2.4 Prove that EF 2 = DF × GF. (4)

[20]

Copyright reserved Please Turn Over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 11 com June 2024 (Practice)
NSC

QUESTION 9

In the figure below, TW is a tangent to the circle with centre R at point V.

Radius RV intersects chord SM at P such that NP = PS. The circle has a radius of 10 units.
RST and RKW are straight lines. RW intersects the circle at K and chord SM at N.
ST = 7 units and NW = 6 units.

P V

K
M W

9.1 Prove that TW || SN. (4)

9.2 Determine the length of NK. (5)

9.3 Calculate the length of PN. (6)

[15]

TOTAL MARKS: 150

Copyright reserved Please Turn Over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 12 com June 2024 (Practice)
NSC
DIAGRAM SHEET

QUESTION 1

A (-3 ; 3) B (2 ; 3)

x
C (6 ; -1)

D (x ; y)

QUESTION 2

x
C

Copyright reserved Please Turn Over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 13 com June 2024 (Practice)
NSC

QUESTION 5

QUESTION 6

a
β

2β C
B 2a

Copyright reserved Please Turn Over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 14 com June 2024 (Practice)
NSC

QUESTION 7.1 QUESTION 7.2

78°
E
1 3
2
O

22°
2
1

1
2

QUESTION 8.1

K P

Q R

L M

Copyright reserved Please Turn Over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 15 com June 2024 (Practice)
NSC

QUESTION 8.2

QUESTION 9

P V

K
M W

Copyright reserved Please Turn Over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 16 com June 2024 (Practice)
NSC
INFORMATION SHEET

− b  b 2 − 4ac
x=
2a

A = P(1 + ni) A = P(1 − ni) A = P(1 − i ) n A = P(1 + i ) n

n(n + 1)
Sn = (2a + (n − 1)d )
n n n
1 = n
i =1
i =
i =1 2
Tn = a + (n − 1)d
2

Tn = ar n−1 Sn =
( )
a r n −1 ; r 1 S =
a
; −1  r  1
r −1 1− r

F=

x (1 + i ) − 1
n
 P=
x[1 − (1 + i )− n ]
i i
f ( x + h) − f ( x )
f ' ( x) = lim
h→ 0 h
 x + x2 y1 + y 2 
d = ( x 2 − x1 ) 2 + ( y 2 − y1 ) 2 M  1 ; 
 2 2 
y 2 − y1
y = mx + c y − y1 = m( x − x1 ) m= m = tan 
x 2 − x1

(x − a)2 + ( y − b)2 = r 2
a b c 1
In ABC: = = a 2 = b 2 + c 2 − 2bc. cos A area ABC = ab. sin C
sin A sin B sin C 2

sin( +  ) = sin . cos  + cos .sin  sin( −  ) = sin . cos  − cos .sin 
cos( +  ) = cos . cos  − sin . sin  cos( −  ) = cos . cos  + sin . sin 

cos2  − sin 2 

cos 2 = 1 − 2 sin 2  sin 2 = 2 sin. cos
2 cos2  − 1


( x ; y ) → ( x cos − y sin  ; y cos + x sin  )

n 2

 fx  (xi − x )
x= 2 = i =1

n n
n( A)
P( A) = P(A or B) = P(A) + P(B) – P(A and B)
n(S )

yˆ = a + bx b=
 (x − x )( y − y )
 (x − x) 2

Copyright reserved Please Turn Over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics. com

NATIONAL
SENIOR CERTIFICATE

GRADE 12

MATHEMATICS P2

PRACTICE

JUNE 2024

MARKING GUIDELINE

MARKS: 150

TIME: 3 HOURS

This marking guideline consists of 9 pages.

Copyright reserved Please Turn Over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 2 com June 2024 (Practice)
NSC – MARKING GUIDELINE
QUESTION 1

1.1 3+1 substitution

𝑚AD = 𝑚BC =
2−6

= −1 m

𝑦 = −𝑥 + 𝑐
Sub A(-3 ; 3): 3 = −(−3) + 𝑐 substitution
c = 0

∴ 𝑦 = −𝑥  equation (4)
1.2 D(𝑥 ; 𝑦) → 𝑦 = −𝑥

BD = CD → BD2 = CD2:  BD = CD
(2 − 𝑥)2 + (3 − 𝑦)2 = (6 − 𝑥)2 + (−1 − 𝑦)2 substitution
2 2  𝑦 = −𝑥
(2 − 𝑥)2 + (3 − (−𝑥)) = (6 − 𝑥)2 + (−1 − (−𝑥))
4 − 4𝑥 + 𝑥 2 + 9 + 6𝑥 + 𝑥 2 = 36 − 12𝑥 + 𝑥 2 + 1 − 2𝑥 + 𝑥 2

16𝑥 = 24 simplification

24 3
𝑥= =  𝑥 -value
16 2
3
𝑦=−  𝑦 -value
2
3 3
∴D ( ; − ) (6)
2 2
1.3 3 substitution
3+
𝑚BC = 2 = 9
3  answer
2− (2)
2
1.4 let ∠ of inclination of BC be 𝛼 and ∠ of inclination of BD be 𝛽  tan = m

tan 𝛼 = 𝑚BC tan 𝛽 = 𝑚BD  angles

tan 𝛼 = −1 tan 𝛽 = 9
𝛼 = 135° 𝛽 = 83,7°
𝜃 = 𝛼−𝛽 difference
= 135° − 83,7° answer (4)
= 51,3°
2 2
1.5 3 3 41 substitution
2 2
BD = CD = (2 − ( )) + (3 − (− )) = BD=CD
2 2 2
√82
∴ BD = CD = units ̂C
 BD
2
̂ C = 180° − (51,3° × 2) = 77,4°
BD
sub in Area
1 41 Rule
Area∆ABC = ( ) sin 77,4° = 10 square units answer (5)
2 2
[21]
Copyright reserved Please Turn Over
 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 3 com June 2024 (Practice)
NSC – MARKING GUIDELINE

QUESTION 2

2.1.1 𝑥 2 + 8𝑥 + (4)2 + 𝑦 2 − 6𝑦 + (−3)2 = −9 + (4)2 + (−3)2 substitution

(𝑥 + 4)2 + (𝑦 − 3)2 = 16  centre-
radius form

∴ centre (−4 ; 3) answer (3)

2.1.2 Circle O: rO = 1 unit O (-1 ; 3) Circle M: rM = 4 units  rO rM

OM = 3 units  OM

Since: OM = rM − rO conclusion
∴ circles touch internally
(4)
2.2.1 𝑦 = 𝑥 + 2 ∴ 𝑚AC = 1
⇒ 𝑚AB = −1 tan ⊥ rad  S/R

sub M(4 ; 4 ) 4 = – (4) + c substitution

c=8 ∴ 𝑦 = −𝑥 + 8 eqn (3)
2.2.2 At A: 𝑥 + 2 = −𝑥 + 8 equating
2𝑥 = 6
𝑥=3  𝑥-val

y= (3) + 2 = 5 ∴ A (3 ; 5) (2)
2.2.3 (𝑥 − 4)2 + (𝑦 − 4)2 = 𝑟 2 (𝑥 − 4)
(y – 4)

sub A (3 ; 5): 𝑟 2 = (3 − 4)2 + (5 − 4)2 = 2 sub r

∴ (𝑥 − 4)2 + (𝑦 − 4)2 = 2 eqn (4)

2.2.4 𝑥B + 3 = 4 𝑦B + 5
=4
2 2

𝑥B + 3 = 8 𝑦B + 5 = 8  𝑥B
𝑥B = 5 𝑦B = 3  𝑦B
Answer Only:
∴ B(5 ; 3) full marks
(2)
2.2.5 AC || BD (co-int ∠s =)  S/R
𝑚AC = 𝑚BD = 1 =m

sub B(5 ; 3): 3=5+𝑐 substitution

c = −2 ∴𝑦 =𝑥−2 eqn (4)

[22]

Copyright reserved Please Turn Over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 4 com June 2024 (Practice)
NSC – MARKING GUIDELINE

QUESTION 3

3.1 8
sin 𝛼 =
17 (-15 ; 8)
𝑥 = √(17)2 − (8)2
17
𝑥 = −15 8
α
diagram
15

3.1.1 8 8 𝑥-val
= 3( )= −
−15 5 answer (3)
3.1.2 = cos 𝛼 cos 𝛼
15 answer
= −
17 (2)
3.1.3 = cos2 𝛼 − sin2 𝛼 expansion
15 2 8 2
= (− ) − ( ) substitution
17 17
161
= answer
289
(3)
3.2 𝑘
sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃 =
4
× 2
𝑘
(× 2): 2 sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃 = sin 2𝜃
2
k 2

𝑘
sin 2𝜃 = diagram
2
2θ

𝑘 4 - k2
 𝑥-val / adj
∴ tan 2𝜃 =
√4 − 𝑘 2 answer (5)
[13]

Copyright reserved Please Turn Over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 5 com June 2024 (Practice)
NSC – MARKING GUIDELINE
QUESTION 4
4.1 2 cos(90° + 15°) cos 15° cos(45° − 𝑥 + 𝑥)
=
cos(45° − 𝑥 + 𝑥)
 sin 15°
2 sin 15° cos 15°
=  cos 45°
cos 45°

sin 30°
1  cos 30°
= = 2
1
1
cos 45° 2
√2  1
1 √2
= or √2
√2 2 answer (6)
4.2.1 cos 𝜃 + sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃 + sin 𝜃  ×conjugate
RHS = ×
cos 𝜃 − sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃 + sin 𝜃

(cos 𝜃 + sin 𝜃)2

= cos2 𝜃 − sin2 𝜃
cos2 𝜃 − sin2 𝜃
expansion
cos2 𝜃 + 2 sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃 + sin2 𝜃
=
cos 2𝜃  cos2𝜃
1 + sin 2𝜃
= = LHS 1 (5)
cos 2𝜃
OR
cos2 𝜃 + 2 sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃 + sin2 𝜃 expansion
LHS =
cos2 𝜃 − sin2 𝜃 2 sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃
cos2 𝜃 − sin2 𝜃
(cos 𝜃 + sin 𝜃)2
=
(cos 𝜃 + sin 𝜃)(cos 𝜃−sin 𝜃) square
factors
cos 𝜃 + sin 𝜃 (5)
= = RHS
cos 𝜃 − sin 𝜃
4.2.2 cos 2𝜃 = 0 𝑟𝑒𝑓 ∠ = 90°  cos 2𝜃 = 0
2𝜃 = 90° + 𝑘. 360°  45° + 𝑘. 180°
𝜃 = 45° + 𝑘. 180° ; 𝑘 ∈ ℤ 𝑘 ∈ℤ (3)
4.2.3 = 1 + sin 30° 
cos 30

1
1 + 2  substitution
= √3
2

= √3 answer (3)
4.3 7 cos 𝑥 − 2(1 − cos 2 𝑥) + 5 = 0 expansion
7 cos 𝑥 − 2 + 2 cos 2 𝑥 + 5 = 0
2 cos2 𝑥 + 7 cos 𝑥 + 3 = 0 std form
(2 cos 𝑥 + 1)(cos 𝑥 + 3) = 0 factors
1 1
cos 𝑥 = − or cos 𝑥 = −3 cos 𝑥 = −
2 2
𝑥 = 120° + 𝑘. 360° ∴ n/a cos 𝑥 = −3
𝑥 = 240° + 𝑘. 360° ; 𝑘 ∈ ℤ answers (7)
[24]
Copyright reserved Please Turn Over
 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 6 com June 2024 (Practice)
NSC – MARKING GUIDELINE
QUESTION 5

5.1 a=2 
b=2  (2)
5.2 f: 180° 
g: 360°  (2)
5.3 amplitude: 1  (1)
5.4 𝑦 ∈ [2 ; 4]  end points
 notation
(2)
5.5 −180° < 𝑥 < 0° ; 𝑥 ≠ −90° end points
notation
OR  𝑥 ≠ −90° (3)
𝑥 ∈ (−180° ; 90°) ∪ (90° ; 0°) end points
notation (3)
5.6 ℎ(𝑥) = sin(2𝑥 + 45°) 
(2)
5.7 𝑘(𝑥) = −2 cos 𝑥 
(2)
[14]
QUESTION 6

6.1 ̂C
AC2 = AB2 + BC2 − 2. AB. BC. cos AB cosine rule
2 2
= 𝑎 + 4𝑎 − 2(𝑎)(2𝑎). cos 2𝛽
∴ AC = √5𝑎2 − 4𝑎2 cos 2𝛽 substitution
= √𝑎2 (5 − 4 cos 2𝛽)
answer (3)
= 𝑎√5 − 4 cos 2𝛽
6.2 In ΔADC:
AD  trig ratio
tan 𝛽 =
𝑎√5 − 4 cos 2𝛽 substitution

AD = tan 𝛽 ∙ 𝑎√5 − 4 cos 2𝛽

= 𝑎 tan 𝛽 √5 − 4(1 − 2 sin2 𝛽) 1 − 2 sin2 𝛽
= 𝑎 tan 𝛽 √5 − 4 + 8 sin2 𝛽
= 𝑎 tan 𝛽 √1 + 8 sin2 𝛽 simplification
(4)

[7]

Copyright reserved Please Turn Over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 7 com June 2024 (Practice)
NSC – MARKING GUIDELINE

QUESTION 7

7.1.1 100° ext ∠ of Δ S R (2)

7.1.2 50° ∠ at cent = 2∠ at CFCE S R (2)

7.1.3 130° opp ∠s of cyclic quad = 180° S R (2)

7.1.4 78° − 50° = 28° corres ∠s ; AOF || EH S R (2)

7.2 Let Ĉ = 𝑥
∴ AD̂B = 𝑥 ∠s in same segment S/R
̂ B = 2𝑥
& AO ∠ at cent = 2∠ at CFCE S/R

̂ 1 = AD
A ̂B = 𝑥 alt ∠s; AC || BD S/R
∴ E ̂1 = 180° − 2𝑥 sum of ∠s in Δ S/R
∴ E ̂2 = 2𝑥 ∠s on a str. line S/R

̂2 = AO
E ̂ B = 2𝑥
⇒ AEOB is a cyclic quadrilateral converse ∠s in same segment R (6)

[14]

QUESTION 8

8.1 Construction: Draw KS = PQ and KT = PR. Join ST construction

In ΔKST and ΔPQR:

1. KS = PQ (constr)
̂= P
2. K ̂ (given)
3. KT = PR (constr)

∴ ∆KST ≡ ∆PQR (S; A; S) S/R

⇒ Ŝ1 = Q ̂ (∆KST ≡ ∆PQR) S/R
̂
& Q=L ̂
∴ Ŝ1 = L̂
∴ ST || LM (corres ∠s =) R

KL KM S/R
∴ = (Prop. Int. Theorem; ST || LM)
KS KT

but KS = PQ & KT = PR S

KL KM
∴ = (6)
PQ PR

Copyright reserved Please Turn Over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 8 com June 2024 (Practice)
NSC – MARKING GUIDELINE

8.2.1 F̂ ∠s opp = sides = S R

D̂1 tan-chord theorem S R (4)
8.2.2 F̂ = D̂1 above S
∴ DE = EF sides opp = ∠s = R (2)
̂ 2 = 180° − 2𝑥
8.2.3 G sum of ∠s in Δ S R
∴G ̂1 = 2𝑥 ∠s on a str. line S/R

̂ E = 4𝑥
∴ DO ∠ at cent = 2∠ at CFCE S/R (4)
8.2.4 In ΔFDE and ΔFEG:

1. F̂ is common S
2. D̂1 = E ̂3 above S

∴ ∆FDE ||| ∆FEG (∠; ∠; ∠) R

FD FE ∆FDE ||| ∆FEG S

∴ =
FE FG

⇒ FE 2 = FD × FG (4)
[20]

QUESTION 9

9.1 ̂W = 90°
RV tan ⊥ radius S R
̂N = 90°
RP line from cent to midpt of ch ⊥ ch S/R
∴ TW || SN corres ∠s = R (4)
9.2 RS RN S R
= (Prop. Int. Theorem; SN || TW)
ST NW

10 RN
7
=
6

60
RN =  RN
7
NK = RK – RN
60 
= 10 −
7
10
= units  (5)
7

Copyright reserved Please Turn Over

 Downloaded f rom St anmorephysics.
Mathematics/P2 9 com June 2024 (Practice)
NSC – MARKING GUIDELINE

9.3 WV 2 = RW 2 − RV 2 (Pythag) R
60 2
=( + 6) − (10)2
7 substitution

WV = 10,598211 WV
PN RN
= (ΔRPN ||| ΔRVW) S/R
WV RW

60
PN
= 60
7
substitution
10,598211 +6
7

PN = 6,23 units PN (6)

OR
RP RS S R
= (Prop. Int. Th; TW || SN)
RV RT

RP 10
=
10 17

100
RP = RP
17

PN2 = RN2 − RP 2 (Pythag) R

60 2 100 2
= ( ) − ( 17 ) substitution
7

= 6,23 units PN

(6)
[15]

TOTAL MARKS: 150

Copyright reserved Please Turn Over